US20040048896A1 - Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same - Google Patents
Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20040048896A1 US20040048896A1 US10/418,410 US41841003A US2004048896A1 US 20040048896 A1 US20040048896 A1 US 20040048896A1 US 41841003 A US41841003 A US 41841003A US 2004048896 A1 US2004048896 A1 US 2004048896A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- omeprazole
- sodium
- meq
- ppi
- buffer
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- WBTGVOZSDJSBRB-UHFFFAOYSA-O CO.COC1=C(C)C=C(C2=Nc3ccc(OC)cc3N2)C(CSSC)=C1C.COC1=C(C)C=N(C2=Nc3ccc(OC)cc3N2)C(CSO)=C1C.COC1C(C)=C2CSN3C(=Nc4ccccc43)N2=CC1C.COc1ccc2c(c1)NC(S(=O)Cc1ncc(C)c(OC)c1C)=N2.CS.Cc1c(OCC(F)(F)F)ccnc1CS(=O)C1=Nc2ccccc2N1.[H+] Chemical compound CO.COC1=C(C)C=C(C2=Nc3ccc(OC)cc3N2)C(CSSC)=C1C.COC1=C(C)C=N(C2=Nc3ccc(OC)cc3N2)C(CSO)=C1C.COC1C(C)=C2CSN3C(=Nc4ccccc43)N2=CC1C.COc1ccc2c(c1)NC(S(=O)Cc1ncc(C)c(OC)c1C)=N2.CS.Cc1c(OCC(F)(F)F)ccnc1CS(=O)C1=Nc2ccccc2N1.[H+] WBTGVOZSDJSBRB-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0002—Galenical forms characterised by the drug release technique; Application systems commanded by energy
- A61K9/0007—Effervescent
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K33/00—Medicinal preparations containing inorganic active ingredients
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K36/00—Medicinal preparations of undetermined constitution containing material from algae, lichens, fungi or plants, or derivatives thereof, e.g. traditional herbal medicines
- A61K36/18—Magnoliophyta (angiosperms)
- A61K36/185—Magnoliopsida (dicotyledons)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K36/00—Medicinal preparations of undetermined constitution containing material from algae, lichens, fungi or plants, or derivatives thereof, e.g. traditional herbal medicines
- A61K36/18—Magnoliophyta (angiosperms)
- A61K36/185—Magnoliopsida (dicotyledons)
- A61K36/42—Cucurbitaceae (Cucumber family)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K36/00—Medicinal preparations of undetermined constitution containing material from algae, lichens, fungi or plants, or derivatives thereof, e.g. traditional herbal medicines
- A61K36/18—Magnoliophyta (angiosperms)
- A61K36/185—Magnoliopsida (dicotyledons)
- A61K36/48—Fabaceae or Leguminosae (Pea or Legume family); Caesalpiniaceae; Mimosaceae; Papilionaceae
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K36/00—Medicinal preparations of undetermined constitution containing material from algae, lichens, fungi or plants, or derivatives thereof, e.g. traditional herbal medicines
- A61K36/18—Magnoliophyta (angiosperms)
- A61K36/185—Magnoliopsida (dicotyledons)
- A61K36/53—Lamiaceae or Labiatae (Mint family), e.g. thyme, rosemary or lavender
- A61K36/534—Mentha (mint)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K36/00—Medicinal preparations of undetermined constitution containing material from algae, lichens, fungi or plants, or derivatives thereof, e.g. traditional herbal medicines
- A61K36/18—Magnoliophyta (angiosperms)
- A61K36/88—Liliopsida (monocotyledons)
- A61K36/898—Orchidaceae (Orchid family)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/02—Inorganic compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0053—Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
- A61K9/0056—Mouth soluble or dispersible forms; Suckable, eatable, chewable coherent forms; Forms rapidly disintegrating in the mouth; Lozenges; Lollipops; Bite capsules; Baked products; Baits or other oral forms for animals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0087—Galenical forms not covered by A61K9/02 - A61K9/7023
- A61K9/0095—Drinks; Beverages; Syrups; Compositions for reconstitution thereof, e.g. powders or tablets to be dispersed in a glass of water; Veterinary drenches
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2004—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
- A61K9/2009—Inorganic compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2004—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
- A61K9/2013—Organic compounds, e.g. phospholipids, fats
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2004—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
- A61K9/2022—Organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K9/205—Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, gums; Cyclodextrin
- A61K9/2054—Cellulose; Cellulose derivatives, e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2072—Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
- A61K9/2077—Tablets comprising drug-containing microparticles in a substantial amount of supporting matrix; Multiparticulate tablets
- A61K9/2081—Tablets comprising drug-containing microparticles in a substantial amount of supporting matrix; Multiparticulate tablets with microcapsules or coated microparticles according to A61K9/50
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2072—Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
- A61K9/2086—Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2072—Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
- A61K9/2086—Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat
- A61K9/209—Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat containing drug in at least two layers or in the core and in at least one outer layer
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/28—Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
- A61K9/2806—Coating materials
- A61K9/2813—Inorganic compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
Definitions
- Omeprazole is a substituted benzimidazole, 5-methoxy-2-[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridinyl) methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole, that inhibits gastric acid secretion.
- Omeprazole belongs to a class of antisecretory compounds called proton pump inhibitors (“PPls”) that do not exhibit anti-cholinergic or H2 histamine antagonist properties. Drugs of this class suppress gastric acid secretion by the specific inhibition of the H+,K+-ATPase enzyme system (proton pump) at the secretory surface of the gastric parietal cell.
- PPls proton pump inhibitors
- omeprazole, lansoprazole and other proton pump inhibitors are formulated in an enteric-coated solid dosage form (as either a delayed-release capsule or tablet) or as an intravenous solution (as a product for reconstitution), and are prescribed for short-term treatment of active duodenal ulcers, gastric ulcers, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), severe erosive esophagitis, poorly responsive symptomatic GERD, and pathological hypersecretory conditions such as Zollinger Ellison syndrome. These conditions are caused by an imbalance between acid and pepsin production, called aggressive factors, and mucous, bicarbonate, and prostaglandin production, called defensive factors. These above-listed conditions commonly arise in healthy or critically ill patients, and may be accompanied by significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding.
- enteric-coated solid dosage form as either a delayed-release capsule or tablet
- intravenous solution as a product for reconstitution
- pathological hypersecretory conditions such as Zollinger Ellison syndrome.
- H2-antagonists are commonly administered to minimize the pain and the complications related to these conditions. These drugs have certain disadvantages associated with their use. Some of these drugs are not completely effective in the treatment of the aforementioned conditions and/or produce adverse side effects, such as mental confusion, constipation, diarrhea, and thrombocytopenia. H2-antagonists, such as ranitidine and cimetidine, are relatively costly modes of therapy, particularly in NPO patients, which frequently require the use of automated infusion pumps for continuous intravenous infusion of the drug.
- PPIs contain a sulfinyl group in a bridge between substituted benzimidazole and pyridine rings, as illustrated below.
- omeprazole, lansoprazole and other PPIs are chemically stable, lipid-soluble, weak bases that are devoid of inhibitory activity. These neutral weak bases reach parietal cells from the blood and diffuse into the secretory canaliculi, where the drugs become protonated and thereby trapped.
- the protonated agent rearranges to form a sulfenic acid and a sulfenamide.
- the sulfenamide interacts covalently with sulfhydryl groups at critical sites in the extracellular (luminal) domain of the membrane-spanning H+,K+-ATPase (Hardman et al., Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, p.
- Omeprazole and lansoprazole are prodrugs that must be activated to be effective.
- the specificity of the effects of PPIs is also dependent upon: (a) the selective distribution of H+,K+-ATPase; (b) the requirement for acidic conditions to catalyze generation of the reactive inhibitor; and (c) the trapping of the protonated drug and the cationic sulfenamide within the acidic canaliculi and adjacent to the target enzyme. (Hardman et al., 1996).
- Omeprazole and lansoprazole are available for oral administration as enteric-coated granules in gelatin capsules.
- Other proton pump inhibitors such as rabeprazole and pantoprazole are supplied as enteric-coated dosage forms.
- the enteric dosage forms of the prior art have been employed because they are acid labile; thus, it is important that these drugs not be exposed to low pH gastric acid prior to absorption. Although these drugs are stable at alkaline pH, they are destroyed rapidly as pH falls (e.g., by gastric acid). Therefore, if the micro-encapsulation or the enteric coating is disrupted (e.g., trituration to compound a liquid, or chewing the capsule), the dosage forms of the prior art will be exposed to degradation by the gastric acid in the stomach.
- Proton pump inhibitors such as omeprazole represent an advantageous alternative to the use of H2-antagonists, antacids, and sucralfate as a treatment for complications related to stress-related mucosal damage.
- proton pump inhibitors can be difficult or impossible to administer to patients who are either unwilling or unable to swallow tablets or capsules, such as critically ill patients, children, the elderly, and patients suffering from dysphagia. Therefore, it would be desirable to formulate a proton pump inhibitor solution or suspension which can be enterally delivered to a patient thereby providing the benefits of the proton pump inhibitor without the drawbacks of the current enteric-coated solid dosage forms.
- Omeprazole the first proton pump inhibitor introduced into use, has been formulated in many different embodiments such as in a mixture of polyethylene glycols, adeps solidus and sodium lauryl sulfate in a soluble, basic amino acid to yield a formulation designed for administration in the rectum as taught by U.S. Pat. No. 5,219,870 to Kim.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,395,323 to Berglund discloses a device for mixing a pharmaceutical from a solid supply into a parenterally acceptable liquid form for parenteral administration to a patient.
- the '323 patent teaches the use of an omeprazole tablet which is placed in the device and dissolved by normal saline, and infused parenterally into the patient.
- This device and method of parenteral infusion of omeprazole does not provide the omeprazole solution as an enteral product, nor is this omeprazole solution directly administered to the diseased or affected areas, namely the stomach and upper gastrointestinal tract, nor does this omeprazole formulation provide the immediate antacid effect of the present formulation.
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,786,505 to Lovgren et al. discloses a pharmaceutical preparation containing omeprazole together with an alkaline reacting compound or an alkaline salt of omeprazole optionally together with an alkaline compound as a core material in a tablet formulation.
- the core is then enterically coated.
- the use of the alkaline material which can be chosen from such substances as the sodium salt of carbonic acid, are used to form a “micro-pH” around each omeprazole particle to protect the omeprazole which is highly sensitive to acid pH.
- the powder mixture is then formulated into enteric-coated small beads, pellets, tablets and may be loaded into capsules by conventional pharmaceutical procedures.
- omeprazole does not teach a non-enteric-coated omeprazole dosage form which can be enterally administered to a patient who may be unable and/or unwilling to swallow capsules, tablets or pellets, nor does it teach a convenient form which can be used to make an omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitor solution or suspension.
- antacid intake (such as sodium bicarbonate) can result in drug interactions that produce serious adverse effects.
- antacids can alter rates of drug dissolution and absorption, bioavailability, and renal elimination (Brunton, supra).
- Pilbrant et al. disclose an oral omeprazole administration protocol calling for the administration to a subject who has been fasting for at least ten hours, a solution of 8 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate in 50 ml of water. Five minutes later, the subject ingests a suspension of 60 mg of omeprazole in 50 ml of water that also contains 8 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate. This is rinsed down with another 50 ml of 8 mmoles sodium bicarbonate solution.
- omeprazole and bicarbonate which can be utilized to instantly make the omeprazole solution/suspension of the present invention which is supplied in a solid form which imparts the advantages of improved shelf-life at room temperature, lower cost to produce, less expensive shipping costs, and which is less expensive to store.
- a proton pump inhibitor formulation which provides a cost-effective means for the treatment of the aforementioned conditions without the adverse effect profile of H2 receptor antagonists, antacids, and sucralfate.
- a proton pump inhibitor formulation which is convenient to prepare and administer to patients unable to ingest solid dosage forms such as tablets or capsules, which is rapidly absorbed, and can be orally or enterally delivered as a liquid form or solid form. It is desirable that the liquid formulation not clog indwelling tubes, such as nasogastric tubes or other similar tubes, and which acts as an antacid immediately upon delivery.
- the intravenous dosage forms of PPIs of the prior art are often administered in larger doses than the oral forms.
- the typical adult IV dose of omeprazole is greater than 100 mg/day whereas the adult oral dose is 20 to 40 mg/day.
- Large IV doses are necessary to achieve the desired pharmacologic effect because, it is believed, many of the parietal cells are in a resting phase (mostly inactive) during an IV dose given to patients who are not taking oral substances by mouth (npo) and, therefore, there is little active (that which is inserted into the secretory canalicular membrane) H+,K+-ATPase to inhibit. Because of the clear disparity in the amount of drug necessary for IV versus oral doses, it would be very advantageous to have compositions and methods for IV administration where significantly less drug is required.
- the present invention relates to pharmaceutical preparations comprising substituted benzimidazole proton pump inhibitors.
- the present invention provides an oral solution/suspension comprising a proton pump inhibitor and at least one buffering agent.
- the PPI can be any substituted benzimidazole compound having H+,K+-ATPase inhibiting activity and being unstable to acid.
- the inventive composition can alternatively be formulated as a powder, tablet, suspension tablet, chewable tablet, capsule, two-part tablet or capsule, effervescent powder, effervescent tablet, pellets and granules.
- Such dosage forms are advantageously devoid of any enteric coating or delayed or sustained-release delivery mechanisms, and comprise a PPI and at least one buffering agent to protect the PPI against acid degradation.
- Both the liquid and dry dosage forms can further include anti-foaming agents, parietal cell activators and flavoring agents.
- oral dosage forms comprising a combination of enteric-coated or delayed-released PPI with an antacid(s). Such forms may optionally comprise non-enteric-coated PPI.
- Kits utilizing the inventive dry dosage forms are also disclosed herein to provide for the easy preparation of a liquid composition from the dry forms.
- the present invention relates to a method for enhancing the pharmacological activity of an intravenously administered proton pump inhibitor in which at least one parietal cell activator is orally administered to the patient before, during and/or after the intravenous administration of the proton pump inhibitor.
- the present invention relates to a method for optimizing the type and amount of buffer desirable for individual PPIs.
- FIG. 1 is a graph showing the effect of the omeprazole solution of the present invention on gastric pH in patients at risk for upper gastrointestinal bleeding from stress-related damage;
- FIG. 2 is a flow chart illustrating a patient enrollment scheme
- FIG. 3 is a bar graph illustrating gastric pH both pre- and post-administration of omeprazole solution according to the present invention
- FIG. 4 is a graph illustrating the stomach pH values after the oral administration of both ChocoBase plus lansoprazole and lansoprazole alone;
- FIG. 5 is a graph illustrating a pH probe confirmation of GERD
- FIG. 6 is a graph illustrating an endoscopic confirmation of GERD
- FIG. 7 is a graph illustrating the percentage of patients who had undergone any type of reflux therapy in the past.
- FIG. 8 is a graph illustrating the effectiveness of the Choco-Base Formulation 1;
- FIG. 9 is a graph illustrating the environmental pH values after administration of the PPI/buffer formulation.
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a proton pump inhibitor and a buffering agent with or without one or more parietal cell activators, and which is not enteric coated, sustained or delayed-release. While the present invention may be embodied in many different forms, several specific embodiments are discussed herein with the understanding that the present disclosure is to be considered only as an exemplification of the principles of the invention, and it is not intended to limit the invention to the embodiments illustrated.
- proto pump inhibitor shall mean any substituted benzimidazole possessing pharmacological activity as an inhibitor of H+,K+-ATPase, including, but not limited to, omeprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, esomeprazole, pariprazole, and leminoprazole.
- the active agents of the present invention may be administered, if desired, in the form of salts, esters, amides, enantiomers, isomers, tautomers, prodrugs, derivatives and the like, provided the salt, ester, amide, enantiomer, isomer, tautomer, prodrug, or derivative is suitable pharmacologically, that is, effective in the present methods, combinations and compositions.
- Salts, esters, amides, enantiomers, isomers, tautomers, prodrugs and other derivatives of the active agents may be prepared using standard procedures known to those skilled in the art of synthetic organic chemistry and described, for example, by J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry; Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, 4th Ed. (New York: Wiley-Interscience, 1992).
- compositions according to the present invention include those suitable for oral, rectal, buccal (for example, sublingual), or parenteral (for example, intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the nature and severity of the condition being treated and on the nature of the particular compound which is being used.
- the PPIs generally inhibit ATPase in the same way. Differences in onset and relative potencies are largely due to differences in the acid instability of the parent compounds.
- the inventive composition comprises dry formulations, solutions and/or suspensions of the proton pump inhibitors.
- the terms “suspension” and “solution” are interchangeable with each other and mean solutions and/or suspensions of the substituted benzimidazoles.
- the drug After absorption of the PPI (or administration intravenously) the drug is delivered via the bloodstream to various tissues and cells of the body including the parietal cells.
- PPI is in the form of a weak base and is non-ionized, it freely passes through physiologic membranes, including the cellular membranes of the parietal cell. It is believed that the non-ionized PPI moves into the acid-secreting portion of the parietal cell, the secretory canaliculus. Once in the acidic milieu of the secretory canaliculus, the PPI is apparently protonated (ionized) and converted to the active form of the drug.
- ionized proton pump inhibitors are membrane impermeable and form disulfide covalent bonds with cysteine residues in the alpha subunit of the proton pump. Such active forms are included within the definition of “PPI” herein.
- the inventive pharmaceutical composition comprising a proton pump inhibitor such as omeprazole, lansoprazole or other proton pump inhibitor and derivatives thereof can be used for the treatment or prevention of gastrointestinal conditions including, but not limited to, active duodenal ulcers, gastric ulcers, dyspepsia, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), severe erosive esophagitis, poorly responsive symptomatic GERD, and pathological hypersecretory conditions such as Zollinger Ellison Syndrome. Treatment of these conditions is accomplished by administering to a patient an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention.
- a proton pump inhibitor such as omeprazole, lansoprazole or other proton pump inhibitor and derivatives thereof
- gastrointestinal conditions including, but not limited to, active duodenal ulcers, gastric ulcers, dyspepsia, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), severe erosive esophagitis, poorly responsive symptomatic GERD, and pathological hyper
- the proton pump inhibitor is administered and dosed in accordance with good medical practice, taking into account the clinical condition of the individual patient, the site and method of administration, scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners.
- the term “effective amount” means, consistent with considerations known in the art, the amount of PPI or other agent effective to achieve a pharmacologic effect or therapeutic improvement without undue adverse side effects, including but not limited to, raising of gastric pH, reduced gastrointestinal bleeding, reduction in the need for blood transfusion, improved survival rate, more rapid recovery, parietal cell activation and H+,K+-ATPase inhibition or improvement or elimination of symptoms, and other indicators as are selected as appropriate measures by those skilled in the art.
- the dosage range of omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitors can range from less than approximately 2 mg/day to approximately 300 mg/day.
- the standard approximate adult daily oral dosage is typically 20 mg of omeprazole, 30 mg lansoprazole, 40 mg pantoprazole, 20 mg rabeprazole, 20 mg esomeprazole, and the pharmacologically equivalent doses of pariprazole and leminoprazole.
- a pharmaceutical formulation of the proton pump inhibitors utilized in the present invention can be administered orally or enterally to the patient. This can be accomplished, for example, by administering the solution via a nasogastric (ng) tube or other indwelling tubes placed in the GI tract.
- ng nasogastric
- the PPI solution of the present invention is administered in a single dose which does not require any further administration of bicarbonate, or other buffer following the administration of the PPI solution, nor does it require a large amount of bicarbonate or buffer in total.
- the formulation of the present invention is given in a single dose, which does not require administration of bicarbonate either before or after administration of the PPI.
- the present invention eliminates the need to pre-or post-dose with additional volumes of water and sodium bicarbonate.
- the amount of bicarbonate administered via the single dose administration of the present invention is less than the amount of bicarbonate administered as taught in the prior art references cited above.
- the liquid oral pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing omeprazole enteric-coated granules (Prilosec® AstraZeneca), or omeprazole base, or other proton pump inhibitor or derivatives thereof with a solution including at least one buffering agent (with or without a parietal cell activator, as discussed below).
- omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitor which can be obtained from powder, capsules, and tablets or obtained from the solution for parenteral administration, is mixed with a sodium bicarbonate solution to achieve a desired final omeprazole (or other PPI) concentration.
- the concentration of omeprazole in the solution can range from approximately 0.4 mg/ml to approximately 10.0 mg/ml.
- the preferred concentration for the omeprazole in the solution ranges from approximately 1.0 mg/ml to approximately 4.0 mg/ml, with 2.0 mg/ml being the standard concentration.
- the concentration can range from about 0.3 mg/ml to 10 mg/ml with the preferred concentration being about 3 mg/ml.
- buffering agent or “buffer” shall mean any pharmaceutically appropriate weak base or strong base (and mixtures thereof) that, when formulated or delivered with (e.g., before, during and/or after) the PPI, functions to substantially prevent or inhibit the acid degradation of the PPI by gastric acid sufficient to preserve the bioavailability of the PPI administered.
- the buffering agent is administered in an amount sufficient to substantially achieve the above functionality. Therefore, the buffering agent of the present invention, when in the presence of gastric acid, must only elevate the pH of the stomach sufficiently to achieve adequate bioavailability of the drug to effect therapeutic action.
- buffering agents include, but are not limited to, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium lactate, magnesium gluconate, other magnesium salts, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide/sodium bicarbonate coprecipitate, a mixture of an amino acid and a buffer, a mixture of aluminum glycinate and a buffer, a mixture of an acid salt of an amino acid and a buffer, and a mixture of an alkali salt of an amino acid and a buffer.
- Additional buffering agents include sodium citrate, sodium tartarate, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, sodium polyphosphate, potassium polyphosphate, sodium pyrophosphate, potassium pyrophosphate, disodium hydrogenphosphate, dipotassium hydrogenphosphate, trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate, sodium acetate, potassium metaphosphate, magnesium oxide magnesium hydroxide, magnesium carbonate, magnesium silicate, calcium acetate, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium cholride, calcium hydroxide, calcium lactate, calcium carbonate, calcium bicarbonate, and other calcium salts.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier of the oral liquid may comprise a bicarbonate salt of Group IA metal as buffering agent, and can be prepared by mixing the bicarbonate salt of the Group IA metal, preferably sodium bicarbonate, with water.
- the concentration of the bicarbonate salt of the Group IA metal in the composition generally ranges from approximately 5.0 percent to approximately 60.0 percent.
- the content of the bicarbonate salt of the Group IA metal ranges from about 3 mEq to about 45 mEq per oral dose.
- the amount of sodium bicarbonate 8.4% used in the solution of the present invention is approximately 1 mEq (or mmole) sodium bicarbonate per 2 mg omeprazole, with a range of approximately 0.2 mEq (mmole) to 5 mEq (mmole) per 2 mg of omeprazole.
- enterically-coated omeprazole particles are obtained from delayed release capsules (Prilosec® AstraZeneca).
- omeprazole base powder can be used.
- the enterically coated omeprazole particles are mixed with a sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) solution (8.4%), which dissolves the enteric coating and forms an omeprazole solution.
- NaHCO3 sodium bicarbonate
- inventive solutions and other dosage forms of the present invention have pharmacokinetic advantages over standard enteric-coated and time-released PPI dosage forms, including: (a) more rapid drug absorbance time (about 10 to 60 minutes) following administration for the PPI solution or dry form versus about 1 to 3 hours following administration for the enteric-coated pellets; (b) the buffer solution protects the PPI from acid degradation prior to absorption; (c) the buffer acts as an antacid while the PPI is being absorbed for rapid antacid relief; and (d) the solutions can be administered through an existing indwelling tube without clogging, for example, nasogastric or other feeding tubes (jejunal or duodenal), including small bore needle catheter feeding tubes.
- Solutions, suspensions and powders for reconstitutable delivery systems include vehicles such as suspending agents (for example, gums, xanthans, cellulosics and sugars), humectants (for example, sorbitol), solubilizers (for example, ethanol, water, PEG and propylene glycol), surfactants (for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, Spans, Tweens, and cetyl pyridine), preservatives and antioxidants (for example, parabens, vitamins E and C, and ascorbic acid), anti-caking agents, coating agents, and chelating agents (for example, EDTA).
- suspending agents for example, gums, xanthans, cellulosics and sugars
- humectants for example, sorbitol
- solubilizers for example, ethanol, water, PEG and propylene glycol
- surfactants for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, Spans,
- additives can be incorporated into the inventive solution to enhance its stability, sterility and isotonicity.
- Antimicrobial preservatives such as ambicin, antioxidants, chelating agents, and additional buffers can be added.
- microbiological evidence shows that this formulation inherently possesses antimicrobial and antifungal activity.
- antibacterial and antifungal agents such as, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like can enhance prevention of the action of microorganisms.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, sodium chloride, and the like.
- thickening agents such as methyl cellulose are desirable to use in order to reduce the settling of the omeprazole or other PPI or derivatives thereof from the suspension.
- the present invention further includes a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitor and derivatives thereof and at least one buffering agent in a form convenient for storage, whereby when the composition is placed into an aqueous solution, the composition dissolves and/or disperses yielding a suspension suitable for enteral administration to a subject.
- the pharmaceutical composition is in a solid form prior to dissolution or suspension in an aqueous solution.
- the omeprazole or other PPIs and buffering agent can be formed into a tablet, capsule, pellets or granules, by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
- the resultant omeprazole solution is stable at room temperature for several weeks and inhibits the growth of bacteria or fungi as shown in Example X below. Indeed, as established in Example XIII, the solution maintains greater than 90% of its potency for 12 months.
- a pharmaceutical composition including omeprazole or other PPI with buffer in a solid form which can be later dissolved or suspended in a prescribed amount of aqueous solution to yield the desired concentration of omeprazole and buffer, the cost of production, shipping, and storage are greatly reduced as no liquids are shipped (reducing weight and cost), and there is no need to refrigerate the solid form of the composition or the solution.
- the resultant solution can then be used to provide dosages for a single patient over a course of time, or for several patients.
- the formulations of the present invention can also be manufactured in concentrated forms, such as powders, capsules, tablets, suspension tablets and effervescent tablets or powders, which can be swallowed whole or first dissolved such that upon reaction with water, gastric secretions or other diluent, the aqueous form of the present invention is produced.
- suspension tablets refers to compressed tablets which rapidly disintegrate after they are placed in water, and are readily dispersible to form a suspension containing a precise dosage of the PPI.
- the suspension tablets of this invention comprise, in combination, a therapeutic amount of a PPI, a buffering agent, and a disintegrant. More particularly, the suspension tablets comprise about 20 mg omeprazole and about 4-30 mEq of sodium bicarbonate.
- Microcrystalline cellulose alone or co processed with other ingredients, is also a common additive for compressed tablets and is well known for its ability to improve compressibility of difficult to compress tablet materials. It is commercially available under the Avicel® trademark. Two different Avicel®p roducts are utilized, Avicel® PH which is microcrystalline cellulose, and Avicel® AC-815, a co processed spray dried residue of microcrystalline cellulose and a calcium-sodium alginate complex in which the calcium to sodium ratio is in the range of about 0.40:1 to about 2.5:1.
- AC-815 is comprised of 85% microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) and 15% of a calcium-sodium alginate complex, for purposes of the present invention this ratio may be varied from about 75% MCC to 25% alginate up to about 95% MCC to 5% alginate. Depending on the particular formulation and active ingredient, these two components may be present in approximately equal amounts or in unequal amounts, and either may comprise from about 10% to about 50% by weight of the tablet.
- MCC microcrystalline cellulose
- calcium-sodium alginate complex for purposes of the present invention this ratio may be varied from about 75% MCC to 25% alginate up to about 95% MCC to 5% alginate.
- these two components may be present in approximately equal amounts or in unequal amounts, and either may comprise from about 10% to about 50% by weight of the tablet.
- the suspension tablet composition may, in addition to the ingredients described above, contain other ingredients often used in pharmaceutical tablets, including flavoring agents, sweetening agents, flow aids, lubricants or other common tablet adjuvants, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
- Other disintegrants such as crospovidone and sodium starch glycolate may be employed, although croscarmellose sodium is preferred.
- the solid formulation of the present invention can be in the form of a powder, a tablet, a capsule, or other suitable solid dosage form (e.g., a pelleted form or an effervescing tablet, troche or powder), which creates the inventive solution in the presence of diluent or upon ingestion.
- suitable solid dosage form e.g., a pelleted form or an effervescing tablet, troche or powder
- the water in the stomach secretions or water, which is used to swallow the solid dosage form can serve as the aqueous diluent.
- Such solid forms can be manufactured as is well known in the art.
- Tablet forms can include, for example, one or more of lactose, mannitol, corn starch, potato starch, microcrystalline cellulose, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, talc, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and other excipients, colorants, diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives, flavoring agents, and pharmaceutically compatible carriers.
- the manufacturing processes may employ one, or a combination of, four established methods: (1) dry mixing; (2) direct compression; (3) milling; and (4) non-aqueous granulation. Lachman et al., The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy (1986).
- Such tablets may also comprise film coatings, which preferably dissolve upon oral ingestion or upon contact with diluent.
- Non-limiting examples of buffering agents which could be utilized in such tablets include sodium bicarbonate, alkali earth metal salts such as calcium carbonate, calcium hydroxide, calcium lactate, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium acetate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium silicate, magnesium aluminate, aluminum hydroxide or aluminum magnesium hydroxide.
- alkali earth metal salt useful for making an antacid tablet is calcium carbonate.
- the granules used to make the tablets according to one embodiment of the present invention are made by either spray drying or pre-compacting the raw materials.
- the density of the alkali earth metal salts useful in the present invention ranges from about 0.3 g/ml to about 0.55 g/ml, preferably about 0.35 g/ml to about 0.45 g/ml, even more preferably about 0.37 g/ml to about 0.42 g/ml.
- the present invention can be manufactured by utilizing micronized compounds in place of the granules or powder.
- Micronization is the process by which solid drug particles are reduced in size. Since the dissolution rate is directly proportional to the surface area of the solid, and reducing the particle size increases the surface area, reducing the particle size increases the dissolution rate. Although micronization results in increased surface area possibly causing particle aggregation, which can negate the benefit of micronization and is an expensive manufacturing step, it does have the significant benefit of increasing the dissolution rate of relatively water insoluble drugs, such as omeprazole and other proton pump inhibitors.
- the present invention also relates to administration kits to ease mixing and administration.
- a month's supply of powder or tablets for example, can be packaged with a separate month's supply of diluent, and a re-usable plastic dosing cup. More specifically, the package could contain thirty (30) suspension tablets containing 20 mg omeprazole each, 1 L sodium bicarbonate 8.4% solution, and a 30 ml dose cup. The user places the tablet in the empty dose cup, fills it to the 30 ml mark with the sodium bicarbonate, waits for it to dissolve (gentle stirring or agitation may be used), and then ingests the suspension.
- Such kits may contain many different variations of the above components.
- the diluent may be water, sodium bicarbonate, or other compatible diluent, and the dose cup can be larger or smaller than 30 ml in size.
- kits can be packaged in unit dose form, or as weekly, monthly, or yearly kits, etc.
- the tablets of this invention are primarily intended as a suspension dosage form
- the granulations used to form the tablet may also be used to form rapidly disintegrating chewable tablets, lozenges, troches, or swallowable tablets. Therefore, the intermediate formulations as well as the process for preparing them provide additional novel aspects of the present invention.
- Effervescent tablets and powders are also prepared in accordance with the present invention.
- Effervescent salts have been used to disperse medicines in water for oral administration.
- Effervescent salts are granules or coarse powders containing a medicinal agent in a dry mixture, usually composed of sodium bicarbonate, citric acid and tartaric acid. When the salts are added to water, the acids and the base react to liberate carbon dioxide gas, thereby causing “effervescence.”
- the choice of ingredients for effervescent granules depends both upon the requirements of the manufacturing process and the necessity of making a preparation which dissolves readily in water.
- the two required ingredients are at least one acid and at least one base.
- the base releases carbon dioxide upon reaction with the acid.
- acids include, but are not limited to, tartaric acid and citric acid.
- the acid is a combination of both tartaric acid and citric acid.
- bases include, but are not limited to, sodium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate and sodium bicarbonate.
- the base is sodium bicarbonate, and the effervescent combination has a pH of about 6.0 or higher.
- Effervescent salts preferably include the following ingredients, which actually produce the effervescence: sodium bicarbonate, citric acid and tartaric acid. When added to water the acids and base react to liberate carbon dioxide, resulting in effervescence. It should be noted that any acid-base combination which results in the liberation of carbon dioxide could be used in place of the combination of sodium bicarbonate and citric and tartaric acids, as long as the ingredients were suitable for pharmaceutical use, and result in a pH of about 6.0 or higher.
- the method of preparation of the effervescent granules of the present invention employs three basic processes: wet and dry granulation, and fusion.
- the fusion method is used for the preparation of most commercial effervescent powders. It should be noted that although these methods are intended for the preparation of granules, the formulations of effervescent salts of the present invention could also be prepared as tablets, according to well known prior art technology for tablet preparation.
- wet granulation is the oldest method of granule preparation.
- the individual steps in the wet granulation process of tablet preparation include milling and sieving of the ingredients; dry powder mixing; wet massing; granulation; and final grinding.
- Dry granulation involves compressing a powder mixture into a rough tablet or “slug” on a heavy-duty rotary tablet press.
- the slugs are then broken up into granular particles by a grinding operation, usually by passage through an oscillation granulator.
- the individual steps include mixing of the powders; compressing (slugging); and grinding (slug reduction or granulation). No wet binder or moisture is involved in any of the steps.
- the fusion method is the most preferred method for preparing the granules of the present invention.
- the compressing (slugging) step of the dry granulation process is eliminated. Instead, the powders are heated in an oven or other suitable source of heat.
- “parietal cell activator” or “activator” shall mean any compound or mixture of compounds possessing such stimulatory effect including, but not limited to, chocolate, sodium bicarbonate, calcium (e.g., calcium carbonate, calcium gluconate, calcium hydroxide, calcium acetate and calcium glycerophosphate), peppermint oil, spearmint oil, coffee, tea and colas (even if decaffeinated), caffeine, theophylline, theobromine, and amino acids (particularly aromatic amino acids such as phenylalanine and tryptophan) and combinations thereof, and the salts thereof.
- chocolate, sodium bicarbonate calcium (e.g., calcium carbonate, calcium gluconate, calcium hydroxide, calcium acetate and calcium glycerophosphate), peppermint oil, spearmint oil, coffee, tea and colas (even if decaffeinated), caffeine, theophylline, theobromine, and amino acids (particularly aromatic amino acids such as phenylalanine and tryptophan
- Such parietal cell activators are administered in an amount sufficient to produce the desired stimulatory effect without causing untoward side effects to patients.
- chocolate as raw cocoa, is administered in an amount of about 5 mg to 2.5 g per 20 mg dose of omeprazole (or equivalent pharmacologic dose of other PPI).
- the dose of activator administered to a mammal, particularly a human, in the context of the present invention should be sufficient to effect a therapeutic response (i.e., enhanced effect of PPI) over a reasonable time frame.
- the dose will be determined by the strength of the particular compositions employed and the condition of the person, as well as the body weight of the person to be treated.
- the size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side effects that might accompany the administration of a particular composition.
- Peppermint oil (powdered form) 1 mg to 1 g
- Phenylalanine 0.5 mg to 1.5 g
- compositions of the present invention are well-known to those who are skilled in the art. The choice of carrier will be determined, in part, both by the particular composition and by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there is a wide variety of suitable formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
- a fast disintegrating tablet is compounded as follows: Croscarmellose sodium 300 g is added to the vortex of a rapidly stirred beaker containing 3.0 kg of deionized water. This slurry is mixed for 10 minutes. Omeprazole 90 g (powdered) is placed in the bowl of a Hobart mixer. After mixing, the slurry of croscarmellose sodium is added slowly to the omeprazole in the mixer bowl, forming a granulation, which is then placed in trays and dried at 70° C. for three hours.
- the dry granulation is then placed in a blender, and to it is added 1,500 g of Avicel® AC-815 (85% microcrystalline cellulose coprocessed with 15% of a calcium, sodium alginate complex) and 1,500 g of Avicel® PH-302 (microcrystalline cellulose). After this mixture is thoroughly blended, 35 g of magnesium stearate is added and mixed for 5 minutes. The resulting mixture is compressed into tablets on a standard tablet press (Hata HS). These tablets have an average weight of about 0.75 g, and contain about 20 mg omeprazole. These tablets have low friability and rapid disintegration time. This formulation may be dissolved in an aqueous solution containing a buffering agent for immediate oral administration.
- the suspension tablet may be swallowed whole with a solution of buffering agent.
- the preferred solution is sodium bicarbonate 8.4%.
- sodium bicarbonate powder (about 975 mg per 20 mg dose of omeprazole (or an equipotent amount of other PPI) is compounded directly into the tablet. Such tablets are then dissolved in water or sodium bicarbonate 8.4%, or swallowed whole with an aqueous diluent. B1. 10 mg Tablet Formula.
- Omeprazole 10 mg (or lansoprazole or pantoprazole or other PPI in an equipotent amount) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 250 mg Aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 3 mg Mannitol 3 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 mg B2. 10 mg Tablet Formula.
- PPI one of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 375 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 375 mg Aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pregelatinized starch 30 mg B3. 10 mg Tablet Formula.
- PPI one of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarbonate 750 mg Aspartame sodium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pregelatinized starch 30 mg C1. 20 mg Tablet Formula.
- PPI One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 375 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 375 mg Aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pregelatinized starch 30 mg C3. 20 mg Tablet Formula.
- PPI One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarbonate 750 mg Aspartame sodium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pregelatinized starch 30 mg D1. Tablet for Rapid Dissolution.
- Omeprazole 20 mg (or lansoprazole or pantoprazole or other PPI in an equipotent amount) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 500 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg D2. Tablet for Rapid Dissolution.
- PPI One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Rabeprazole sodium 20 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 20 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 300 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 300 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg D3. Tablet for Rapid Dissolution.
- PPI One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Rabeprazole sodium 20 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 20 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarbonate 700 mg Trisodium phosphate 100 mg dodecahydrate Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg E1. Powder for Reconstitution for Oral Use (or per ng tube). Omeprazole 20 mg (or lansoprazole or pantoprazole or other PPI in an equipotent amount) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 500 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 mg Glycerine 200 mg E2. Powder for Reconstitution for Oral Use (or per ng tube).
- PPI One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Rabeprazole sodium 20 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 20 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 300 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 300 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 mg Glycerine 200 mg E3. Powder for Reconstitution for Oral Use (or per ng tube).
- PPI One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Rabeprazole sodium 20 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 20 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarbonate 850 mg Trisodium phosphate 50 mg F1. 10 mg Tablet Formula.
- PPI One of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 475 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 250 mg Polyethylene glycol 20 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Peppermint 3 mg Magnesium silicate 10 mg Magnesium stearate 10 mg F3. 10 mg Tablet Formula.
- Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarbonate 700 mg Polyethylene glycol 20 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Peppermint 3 mg Magnesium silicate 10 mg Magnesium stearate 10 mg G1. 10 mg Tablet Formula.
- Omeprazole 10 mg (or lansoprazole or pantoprazole or other PPI in an equipotent amount) Calcium lactate 200 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 200 mg Sodium bicarbonate 400 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 mg G2. 10 mg Tablet Formula.
- PPI One of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 400 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 400 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 mg G3. 10 mg Tablet Formula. PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarboante 750 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 mg
- All of the tablets and powders of this Example may be swallowed whole, chewed or mixed with an aqueous medium prior to administration.
- Standard Tablet of PPI and Buffering Agent Ten (10) tablets were prepared using a standard tablet press, each tablet comprising about 20 mg omeprazole and about 975 mg sodium bicarbonate uniformly dispersed throughout the tablet. To test the disintegration rate of the tablets, each was added to 60 ml of water. Using previously prepared liquid omeprazole/sodium bicarbonate solution as a visual comparator, it was observed that each tablet was completely dispersed in under three (3) minutes.
- Tablets were also prepared by boring out the center of sodium bicarbonate USP 975 mg tablets with a knife. Most of the removed sodium bicarbonate powder was then triturated with the contents of a 20 mg Prilosec® capsule and the resulting mixture was then packed into the hole in the tablet and sealed with glycerin.
- PPI Central Core Tablet Tablets are prepared in a two-step process. First, about 20 mg of omeprazole is formed into a tablet as is known in the art to be used as a central core. Second, about 975 mg sodium bicarbonate USP is used to uniformly surround the central core to form an outer protective cover of sodium bicarbonate. The central core and outer cover are both prepared using standard binders and other excipients to create a finished, pharmaceutically acceptable tablet. The tablets may be swallowed whole with a glass of water.
- Effervescent Tablets and Granules The granules of one 20 mg Prilosec® capsule were emptied into a mortar and triturated with a pestle to a fine powder. The omeprazole powder was then geometrically diluted with about 958 mg sodium bicarbonate USP, about 832 mg citric acid USP and about 312 mg potassium carbonate USP to form a homogeneous mixture of effervescent omeprazole powder. This powder was then added to about 60 ml of water whereupon the powder reacted with the water to create effervescence. A bubbling solution resulted of omeprazole and principally the antacids sodium citrate and potassium citrate.
- the effervescent powder and tablets can alternatively be formulated by employing the above mixture but adding an additional 200 mg of sodium bicarbonate USP to create a resulting solution with a higher pH. Further, instead of the excess 200 mg of sodium bicarbonate, 100 mg of calcium glycerophosphate or 100 mg of calcium lactate can be employed. Combinations of the same can also added.
- Parietal Cell Activator “Choco-BaseTM” Formulations and Efficacy Children are affected by gastro esophageal reflux disease (GERD) with a typical manifestations. Many of these a typical symptoms are difficult to control with traditional drugs such as H2-antagonists, cisapride, or sucralfate. PPIs are more effective in controlling gastric pH and the symptoms of GERD than other agents. However, PPIs are not available in dosage forms that are easy to administer to young children. To address this problem, applicant employed omeprazole or lansoprazole in a buffered chocolate suspension (Choco-Base), in children with manifestations of GERD.
- Choco-Base buffered chocolate suspension
- Applicant performed a retrospective evaluation of children with GERD referred to the University of Missouri-Columbia from 1995 to 1998 who received treatment with the experimental omeprazole or lansoprazole Choco-Base suspension formulated in accordance with Formulation 1 stated below. Data were included on all patients with follow up information sufficient to draw conclusions about pre/post treatment (usually >6 months). There were 25 patients who met the criteria for this evaluation. Age range was several weeks to greater than 5 years. Most patients had a history of numerous unsuccessful attempts at ameliorating the effects of GERD. Medication histories indicated many trials of various drugs.
- Patients were, in general, referral patients from local family practice clinics, pediatricians, or other pediatric health care professionals. Most patients were referred to ENT for upper airway problems, sinusitis, or recurrent/chronic otitis media that had been refractory to medical therapy as reported by the primary care physician. Symptoms and signs most commonly found in these patients were recorded and tallied. All signs and symptoms were broken down into six major categories: (1) nasal; (2) otologic; (3) respiratory; (4) gastrointestinal; (5) sleep-related; and (6) other. The most common problems fell into one or all of the first 3 categories (See Table 1 below).
- the proton pump inhibitor suspension used in this group of patients was Choco-Base suspension of either lansoprazole or omeprazole.
- the dosing was very uniform, with patients receiving doses of either 10 or 20 mg of omeprazole and 23 mg of lansoprazole.
- 10 mg of omeprazole was used.
- There were 3 patients in this early phase who were treated initially with 10 mg po qd of omeprazole. All three subsequently were increased to either 20 mg po qd of omeprazole or 23 mg po qd of lansoprazole.
- omeprazole An additional disadvantage of omeprazole is its taste which is quinine-like. Even when suspended in juice, applesauce or the like, the bitter nature of the medicine is easily tasted even if one granule is chewed. For this reason applicant eventually progressed to use lansoprazole in Choco-Base. Pantoprazole and rabeprazole are available as enteric-coated tablets only. Currently, none of the proton pump inhibitors available in the United States are approved for pediatric use. There is some controversy as to what the appropriate dosage should be in this group of patients. A recent review by Israel D., et al.
- Choco-Base is a product which protects drugs which are acid labile, such as proton pump inhibitors, from acid degradation.
- the first few pediatric patients with reflux prescribed Choco-Base were sicker patients. They had been on prior therapy and had been diagnosed both by pH probe and endoscopy.
- Applicant's standard therapy was then either 20 mg of omeprazole or 23 mg of lansoprazole once daily.
- the extra 3 mg of lansoprazole is related only to the fact that the final concentration was 2.25 mg/ml, and applicant desired to keep dosing simple, so he used a 10 ml suspension.
- the Choco-Base product is formulated as follows: FORMULATION 1 PART A INGREDIENTS AMOUNT (mg) Omeprazole 200 Sucrose 26000 Sodium Bicarbonate 9400 Cocoa 1800 Corn Syrup Solids 6000 Sodium Caseinate 1000 Soy Lecithin 150 Sodium Chloride 35 Tricalcium Phosphate 20 Dipotassium Phosphate 12 Silicon Dioxide 5 Sodium Stearoyl Lactylate 5 PART B INGREDIENTS AMOUNT (ml) Distilled Water 100 COMPOUNDING INSTRUCTIONS Add Part B to Part A to create a total volume of approximately 130 ml with an omeprazole concentration of about 1.5 mg/ml.
- FORMULATION 4 PART A INGREDIENTS (mg) AMOUNT (mg) Sucrose 26000 Cocoa 1800 Corn Syrup Solids 6000 Sodium Caseinate 1000 Soy Lecithin 150 Sodium Chloride 35 Tricalcium Phosphate 20 Dipotassium Phosphate 12 Silicon Dioxide 5 Sodium Stearoyl Lactylate 5 PART B INGREDIENTS AMOUNT Distilled Water 100 ml Sodium Bicarbonate 8400 mg Omeprazole 200 mg COMPOUNDING INSTRUCTIONS This formulation is reconstituted at the time of use by a pharmacist. Part B is mixed first and is then uniformly mixed with the components of Part A. A final volume of about 130 ml is created having an omeprazole concentration of about 1.5 mg/ml.
- lansoprazole or other PPI can be substituted for omeprazole in equipotent amounts.
- 300 mg of lansoprazole may be substituted for the 200 mg of omeprazole.
- aspartame can be substituted for sucrose, and the following other ingredients can be employed as carriers, adjuvants and excipients: maltodextrin, vanilla, carrageenan, mono and diglycerides, and lactated monoglycerides.
- maltodextrin maltodextrin
- vanilla vanilla
- carrageenan mono and diglycerides
- lactated monoglycerides lactated monoglycerides
- Omeprazole powder or enteric-coated granules can be used in each formulation. If the enteric-coated granules are used, the coating is either dissolved by the aqueous diluent or inactivated by trituration in the compounding process.
- Applicant additionally analyzed the effects of a lansoprazole Choco-Base formulation on gastric pH using a pH meter (Fisher Scientific) in one adult patient versus lansoprazole alone.
- the patient was first given a 30 mg oral capsule of lansoprazole (Prevacid®), and the patient's gastric pH was measured at 0, 4, 8, 12, and 16 hours post dose. The results are illustrated in FIG. 4.
- the ChocoBase product was compounded according to Formulation 1 above, except 300 mg of lansoprazole was used instead of omeprazole. A dose of 30 mg lansoprazole Choco-Base was orally administered at hour 18 post lansoprazole alone. Gastric pH was measured using a pH meter at hours 18, 19, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 48, 52, and 56 post lansoprazole alone dose.
- FIG. 4 illustrates the lansoprazole/cocoa combination resulted in higher pHs at hours 19-56 than lansoprazole alone at hours 4-18. Therefore, the combination of the lansoprazole with chocolate enhanced the pharmacologic activity of the lansoprazole.
- the results establish that the sodium bicarbonate as well as chocolate flavoring and calcium were all able to stimulate the activation of the proton pumps, perhaps due to the release of gastrin.
- Proton pump inhibitors work by functionally inhibiting the proton pump and effectively block activated proton pumps (primarily those inserted into the secretory canalicular membrane).
- Combination Tablet Delivering Bolus And Time-Released Doses of PPI Tablets were compounded using known methods by forming an inner core of 10 mg omeprazole powder mixed with 750 mg sodium bicarbonate, and an outer core of 10 mg omeprazole enteric-coated granules mixed with known binders and excipients. Upon ingestion of the whole tablet, the tablet dissolves and the inner core is dispersed in the stomach where it is absorbed for immediate therapeutic effect. The enteric-coated granules are later absorbed in the duodenum to provide symptomatic relief later in the dosing cycle. This tablet is particularly useful in patients who experience breakthrough gastritis between conventional doses, such as while sleeping or in the early morning hours.
- Therapeutic Application Patients were evaluable if they met the following criteria: had two or more risk factors for SRMD (mechanical ventilation, head injury, severe burn, sepsis, multiple trauma, adult respiratory distress syndrome, major surgery, acute renal failure, multiple operative procedures, coagulotherapy, significant hypertension, acid-base disorder, and hepatic failure), gastric pH of ⁇ 4 prior to study entry, and no concomitant prophylaxis for SRMD.
- risk factors for SRMD mechanical ventilation, head injury, severe burn, sepsis, multiple trauma, adult respiratory distress syndrome, major surgery, acute renal failure, multiple operative procedures, coagulotherapy, significant hypertension, acid-base disorder, and hepatic failure
- gastric pH of ⁇ 4 prior to study entry
- no concomitant prophylaxis for SRMD no concomitant prophylaxis for SRMD.
- the omeprazole solution was prepared by mixing 10 ml of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate with the contents of a 20 mg capsule of omeprazole (Merck & Co. Inc., West Point, Pa.) to yield a solution having a final omeprazole concentration of 2 mg/ml.
- Nasogastric (ng) tubes were placed in the patients and an omeprazole dosage protocol of buffered 40 mg omeprazole solution (2 mg omeprazole/1 ml NaHCO3 8.4%) followed by 40 mg of the same buffered omeprazole solution in eight hours, then 20 mg of the same buffered omeprazole solution per day, for five days. After each buffered omeprazole solution administration, nasogastric suction was turned off for thirty minutes.
- a pharmacoeconomic analysis revealed a difference in the total cost of care for the prophylaxis of SRMD: ranitidine (Zantac®) continuous infusion intravenously (150 mg/24 hours) ⁇ five days $125.50; cimetidine (Tagamet®) continuous infusion intravenously (900 mg/24 hours) ⁇ five days $109.61; sucralfate one g slurry four times a day per (ng) tube ⁇ five days $73.00; and buffered omeprazole solution regimen per (ng) tube ⁇ five days $65.70.
- This example illustrates the efficacy of the buffered omeprazole solution of the present invention based on the increase in gastric pH, safety and cost of the buffered omeprazole solution as a method for SRMD prophylaxis.
- the terminal portion (tp) of the nasogastric tubes was placed into a glass beaker containing the gastric fluid. A 5 ml aliquot of gastric fluid was aspirated through each tube and the pH recorded; this was called the “pre-omeprazole solution/suspension measurement.”
- the terminal portion (tp) of each of the nasogastric tubes was removed from the beaker of gastric fluid and placed into an empty beaker. Twenty (20) mg of omeprazole solution was delivered through each of the nasogastric tubes and flushed with 10 ml of tap water. The terminal portion (tp) of each of the nasogastric tubes was placed back into the gastric fluid.
- Table 3 illustrates the results of the pH measurements that were taken during the course of the experiment. These results illustrate that there were no statistically significant latent effects of omeprazole solution administration (per nasogastric tube) on the accuracy of subsequent pH measurements obtained through the same nasogastric tube.
- Interventions Patients received 20 ml omeprazole solution (prepared as per Example VII and containing 40 mg of omeprazole) initially, followed by a second 20 ml dose six to eight hours later, then 10 ml (20 mg) daily.
- Omeprazole solution according to the present invention was administered through a nasogastric tube, followed by 5-10 ml of tap water. The nasogastric tube was clamped for one to two hours after each administration.
- the primary outcome measure was clinically significant gastrointestinal bleeding determined by endoscopic evaluation, nasogastric aspirate examination, or heme-positive coffee ground material that did not clear with lavage and was associated with a five percent decrease in hematocrit.
- Secondary efficacy measures were gastric pH measured four hours after omeprazole was first administered, mean gastric pH after omeprazole was started, and the lowest gastric pH during omeprazole therapy.
- Safety-related outcomes included the incidence of adverse events and the incidence of pneumonia. No patient experienced clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding after receiving omeprazole suspension.
- the four-hour post omeprazole gastric pH was 7.1 (mean), the mean gastric pH after starting omeprazole was 6.8 (mean) and the lowest pH after starting omeprazole was 5.6 (mean).
- the incidence of pneumonia was twelve percent. No patient in this high-risk population experienced an adverse event or a drug interaction that was attributable to omeprazole.
- Sepsis was defined as the presence of invasive pathogenic organisms or their toxins in blood or tissues resulting in a systematic response that included two or more of the following: temperature greater than 38° C. or less than 36° C., heart rate greater than 90 beats/minute, respiratory rate greater than 20 breaths/minute (or pO2 less than 75 mm Hg), and white blood cell count greater than 12,000 or less than 4,000 cells/mm3 or more than 10 percent bands (Bone, Let's Agree on Terminology: Definitions of Sepsis, Crit. Care Med., 19: 27 (1991)). Patients in whom H2-antagonist therapy had failed or who experienced an adverse event while receiving H2-antagonist therapy were also included.
- Patients were excluded from the study if they were receiving azole antifungal agents through the nasogastric tube; were likely to swallow blood (e.g., facial and/or sinus fractures, oral lacerations); had severe thrombocytopenia (platelet count less than 30,000 cells/mm3); were receiving enteral feedings through the nasogastric tube; or had a history of vagotomy, pyloroplasty, or gastroplasty.
- patients with a gastric pH above four for forty-eight hours after ICU admission (without prophylaxis) were not eligible for participation.
- omeprazole solution was 40 mg, followed by a second 40 mg dose six to eight hours later, then a 20 mg daily dose administered at 8:00 AM. Each dose was administered through the nasogastric tube. The nasogastric tube was then flushed with 5-10 ml of tap water and clamped for at least one hour. Omeprazole therapy was continued until there was no longer a need for stress ulcer prophylaxis (usually after the nasogastric tube was removed and the patient was taking water/food by mouth, or after the patient was removed from mechanical ventilation).
- the primary outcome measure in this study was the rate of clinically significant stress related mucosal bleeding defined as endoscopic evidence of stress-related mucosal bleeding or bright red blood per nasogastric tube that did not clear after a 5-minute lavage or persistent Gastroccult (SmithKline Diagnostics, Sunnyville, Calif.) positive coffee ground material for four consecutive hours that did not clear with lavage (at least 100 ml) and produced a 5% decrease in hematocrit.
- Secondary Outcome Measures The secondary efficacy measures were gastric pH measured four hours after omeprazole was administered, mean gastric pH after starting omeprazole and lowest gastric pH during omeprazole administration. Gastric pH was measured immediately after aspirating gastric contents through the nasogastric tube. pH paper (pHydrion improved pH papers, Microessential Laboratory, Brooklyn, N.Y.) was used to measure gastric aspirate pH. The pH range of the test strips was 1 to 11, in increments of one pH unit. Gastric pH was measured before the initiation of omeprazole solution therapy, immediately before each dose, and every four hours between doses.
- a patient who has pneumonia is one who has rales or dullness to percussion on physical examination of the chest or has a chest radiograph that shows new or progressive infiltrate(s), consolidation, cavitation, or pleural effusion and has at least two of the following present: new purulent sputum or changes in character of the sputum, an organism isolated from blood culture, fever or leukocytosis, or evidence of infection from a protective specimen brush or bronchoalveolar lavage.
- Patients who met the criteria for pneumonia and were receiving antimicrobial agents for the treatment of pneumonia were included in the pneumonia incidence figure. These criteria were also used as an initial screen before the first dose of study drug was administered to determine if pneumonia was present prior to the start of omeprazole suspension.
- Cost of Care Analysis A pharmacoeconomic evaluation of stress ulcer prophylaxis using omeprazole solution was performed. The evaluation included total drug cost (acquisition and administration), actual costs associated with adverse events (e.g., psychiatry consultation for mental confusion), costs associated with clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding. Total drug cost was calculated by adding the average institutional costs of omeprazole 20 mg capsules, 50 ml sodium bicarbonate vials, and 10 ml syringes with needle; nursing time (drug administration, pH monitoring); pharmacy time (drug preparation); and disposal costs.
- Costs associated with clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding included endoscopy charges and accompanying consultation fees, procedures required to stop the bleeding (e.g., surgery, hemostatic agents, endoscopic procedures), increased hospital length of stay (as assessed by the attending physician), and cost of drugs used to treat the gastrointestinal bleeding.
- Gastric pH The mean ( ⁇ standard deviation) pre-omeprazole gastric pH was 3.5 ⁇ 1.9. Within four hours of omeprazole administration, the gastric pH rose to 7.1 ⁇ 1.1 (See FIG. 3); this difference was significant (p ⁇ 0.001). The differences between pre-omeprazole gastric pH and the mean and lowest gastric pH measurements during omeprazole administration (6.8 ⁇ 0.6 and 5.6 ⁇ 1.3, respectively) were also statistically significant (p ⁇ 0.001).
- Pneumonia Pneumonia developed in nine (12%) patients receiving omeprazole solution. Pneumonia was present in an additional five patients before the start of omeprazole therapy.
- Omeprazole solution is a safe and effective therapy for the prevention of clinically significant stress-related mucosal bleeding in critical care patients.
- the contribution of many risk factors to stress-related mucosal damage has been challenged recently. All of the patients in this study had at least one risk factor that has clearly been associated with stress-related mucosal damage—mechanical ventilation.
- Previous trials and data from a recently published study show that stress ulcer prophylaxis is of proven benefit in patients at risk and, therefore, it was thought to be unethical to include a placebo group in this study. No clinically significant upper-gastrointestinal bleeding occurred during omeprazole solution therapy. Gastric pH was maintained above 4 on omeprazole 20 mg/day in seventy-three of seventy-five patients.
- the average length of treatment was 9 days. Cost of care was calculated from these date Per Day Total OMEPRAZOLE (day 1) Product acquisition cost 40 mg load ⁇ 2 11.32 11.32 (5.66/dose) Ancillary product materials for solu- 0.41 0.41 tion preparation Ancillary product syringe w/needle 0.20 0.40 Sterile preparation required no SOS preparation time (R.N.) 6 minutes 2.40 4.80 R.N.
- omeprazole solution (2 mg/ml of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate) made in accordance with the present invention was stored at room temperature for twelve weeks and then was analyzed for fungal and bacterial growth. After twelve weeks of incubation at room temperature, no fungal or bacterial growth was detected.
- healthy volunteers will be randomized to receive one of the following four regimens as randomly assigned by Latin Square. Each subject will be crossed to each regimen according to the randomization sequence until all subjects have received all four regimens (with one week separating each regimen).
- Patient Eligibility Four healthy females and four healthy males will be consented for the study.
- Inclusion Criteria Signed informed consent.
- Exclusion Criteria (1) Currently taking H2-receptor antagonist, antacid, or sucralfate; (2) Recent (within 7 days) therapy with lansoprazole, omeprazole, or other proton pump inhibitor; (3) Recent (within 7 days) therapy with warfarin; (4) History of variceal bleeding; (5) History of peptic ulcer disease or currently active G.I. bleed; (6) History of vagotomy or pyloroplasty; (7) Patient has received an investigational drug within 30 days; (8) Treatment with ketoconazole or itraconazole; (9) Patient has an allergy to omeprazole.
- Omeprazole and internal standard (H168/24) will be used.
- Omeprazole and internal standard will be measured by modification of the procedure described by Amantea and Narang. (Amantea M A, Narang P K. Improved Procedure for Quantification of Omeprazole and Metabolites Using Reversed-Phased High Performance Liquid Chromotography , J. Chromatography 426; 216-222 (1988)).
- omeprazole is eluted at approximately 5 minutes, and the internal standard at approximately 7.5 minutes.
- the standard curve is linear over the concentration range 0-3 mg/ml (in previous work with SOS), and the between-day coefficient of variation has been ⁇ 8% at all concentrations.
- the typical mean R2 for the standard curve has been 0.98 in prior work with SOS (omeprazole 2 mg/ml NaHCO3 8.4%).
- Intraveneous PPI in Combination With Oral Parietal Cell Activator Sixteen (16) normal, healthy male and female study subjects over the age of 18 will be randomized to receive pantoprazole as follows: (a) 40 mg IV over 15 to 30 minutes in combination with a 20 ml oral dose of sodium bicarbonate 8.4%; and (b) 40 mg IV over 15 to 30 minutes in combination with a 20 ml oral dose of water.
- the subjects will receive a single dose of (a) or (b) above, and will be crossed-over to (a) and (b) in random fashion. Serum concentrations of pantoprazole versus time after administration data will be collected, as well as gastric pH control as measured with an indwelling pH probe.
- parietal cell activator is substituted for the parietal cell activator sodium bicarbonate, and other PPIs are substituted for pantoprazole.
- the parietal cell activator can be administered either within about 5 minutes before, during or within about 5 minutes after the IV dose of PPI.
- administration kits of IV PPI and oral parietal cell activator can be packaged in many various forms for ease of administration and to optimize packing and shipping the product. Such kits can be in unit dose or multiple dose form.
- the 6 month sample showed stability at greater than 90% of the original concentration of 2 mg/ml. (i.e., 1.88 mg/ml, 1.94 mg/ml, 1.92 mg/ml).
- compositions of the present invention are designed to produce rapid release of active drug to the site of delivery (typically the stomach) without the necessity of enteric coatings or delayed released dosage forms, while preventing acid degradation of the drug.
- Acid labile PPIs for example, can be formulated or coadministered with one or more buffers sufficient to protect the PPI in any environment, with the ultimate goal being to deliver a PPI to the stomach (or other environment) either via a liquid, a powder or solid dosage form that produces an immediate release of active drug to the site of delivery such that the PPI is quickly available for absorption.
- a PPI formulation of the present invention comprises two primary components: a PPI and an Essential Buffer.
- An Essential Buffer may include a buffer or combination of buffers that interact with HCl (or other acids in the environment of interest) faster than the PPI interacts with the same acids.
- the Essential Buffer When placed in a liquid phase (usually in water), the Essential Buffer produces and maintains a pH of at least the pKa of the PPI.
- the expected degradation (ionization) can be reduced from about 50% to about 10%.
- the “Essential pH” is the lowest pH of the environment of interest needed to minimize or eliminate the acid-induced degradation of the PPI.
- the buffering agent(s) employed may raise the pH of the environment to the Essential pH such that 30%, 40% or 50% of the PPI is undegraded, or be present in an amount sufficient to substantially protect (i.e., greater than 50% stability) the PPI.
- the Essential pH is the pKa of the PPI.
- the Essential pH is the sum of the pKa of the PPI plus log 0.7.
- a log value of about 0.7 is added to the pKa, which represents a decrease of about 5.01187% in stability of the PPI from the pKa plus 1 log value, thus resulting in a stability of approximately 90%, a value widely accepted as desirable in pharmaceutical products. In some cases it may be permissible to accept a value of less than log 0.7.
- One aspect of the invention provides that there is also sufficient buffer available to provide the neutralization capacity (Essential Buffer Capacity (“EBC”)) to maintain the elevated pH of the environment (usually gastric) throughout the dwell time that the PPI is passed from the environment and into the blood.
- EBC Essential Buffer Capacity
- Essential Buffers can be divided into two groups: Primary Essential Buffers and Secondary Essential Buffers. Every formulation is combined with, either directly or indirectly, at least one Primary Essential Buffer.
- the Primary Essential Buffers when used alone or in combination, provide buffering activity below the value that leads to tissue irritation or damage and above a lower limit for the Essential pH of the PPI.
- Secondary Essential Buffers are not required in every formulation but can be combined with Primary Essential Buffers to produce a higher pH and added neutralization capacity for the formulation.
- Determining the type and dose of buffer to protect acid labile substituted benzimidazole PPIs (and other drugs) is useful for efficacious PPI delivery to and action upon parietal cell proton pumps, particularly when the PPI is administered as an immediate release product designed to disintegrate in the stomach rather than a traditional delayed-release product designed to disintegrate beyond the stomach in higher pH environments such as the duodenum.
- the present compositions and methods employ determinations of the nature of the buffer(s) to be used, as well as calculations to determine Essential pH, buffering capacity, and volume measurements for individual PPI doses based on their respective solubilities and pKa's.
- Such inventive methods are applicable for determining the type and amount of buffer(s) necessary to protect the PPI in an array of environments (e.g., mouth, esophagus, stomach, duodenum, jejunum, rectal vault, nasogastric tube, or a powder, tablet, capsule, liquid, etc. in storage before administration)
- environments e.g., mouth, esophagus, stomach, duodenum, jejunum, rectal vault, nasogastric tube, or a powder, tablet, capsule, liquid, etc. in storage before administration
- Dosage forms in storage may be exposed to various environments, but a typical set of storage conditions includes storage at room temperature (65-80° F.), and minimal or no exposure to heat, cold, light or humidity as is known in the art.
- the present method includes all substituted benzimidazole PPIs, their salts, esters, amides, enantiomers, racemates, prodrugs, derivatives and the like, and is not limited to those PPIs used to exemplify the following calculations.
- the Essential Buffering Capacity (“EBC”) is the capacity of a PPI/buffer formulation to resist degradation from its environment.
- the buffering capacity of a PPI/buffer formulation is primarily derived from components of the formulation that possess the ability to combine with acids (H+ ions) from the environment.
- the EBC contributes to both acid neutralization (antacid effect) and to maintaining an environmental pH>pKa+0.7 to protect PPIs from acid degradation throughout the dwell time.
- the Primary Essential Buffer is designed to maintain the pH of stomach contents (or other environment) at a somewhat constant level within a desired range for a period of time so that the PPI can be absorbed from the gastric or other environment. Accordingly, the Essential Buffer is generally more rapid in its complexation with HCl (or other acid) than the PPI administered so that the Essential Buffer is capable of protecting the PPI.
- Essential Buffers include, but are not limited to, electrolytes containing the cations sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium or bismuth.
- amino acids, proteins or protein hydrolysates can serve as Essential Buffers owing to their ability to rapidly neutralize acid.
- the PPIs When PPIs are mixed with the Essential Buffer, the PPIs may be in the free base form, such as omeprazole or lansoprazole; in the sodium salt form, such as esomeprazole sodium, omeprazole sodium, rabeprazole sodium, pantoprazole sodium, etc.; or in a magnesium salt form such as esomeprazole magnesium or omeprazole magnesium or calcium salt forms; or other salt forms.
- Essential Buffers provide the Essential Buffering Capacity either alone or in combination with Secondary Essential Buffers.
- Tribasic sodium phosphate and sodium carbonate are examples of Secondary Essential Buffers for adjusting the pH of any Primary Essential Buffer.
- Secondary Essential Buffers may assist the Primary Essential Buffer in producing the desirable pHE over the dwell time.
- Secondary Essential Buffers neutralize HCl (or other acids in the environment) similarly to the Primary Essential Buffers; however, they produce pH values too high to be used alone, as they would lead to gastrointestinal mucosal irritation. They are used to increase the pH and provide additional buffering capacity in combination with a Primary Essential Buffer.
- Secondary Essential Buffers do not play an important role in protecting the PPI from early acid-induced degradation. Because they do not work as rapidly, they do not play a major role in PPI protection through the dwell time.
- Other buffers (“Non-Essential Buffers”) can be added to the Primary and/or Secondary Essential Buffers to provide a latent antacid effect that extends beyond the antacid effect of Essential Buffers.
- buffers can be used, alone or in combination, to achieve an effective buffering capacity for PPIs or acid labile drugs.
- a desirable characteristic of buffers includes rapid neutralization of acid environments to greater than pKa+0.7 for the drug being considered.
- Non-limiting examples of Primary and Secondary Essential Buffers are set forth in Tables 8 and 9 below. TABLE 8 Examples of Primary Essential Buffers Essential Buffer Solubility ⁇ pH ⁇ MW Sodium bicarbonate 9.96 g/100 mL 8-8.4 84 Sodium sesquicarbonate 6.3 g/100 mL 9.9-10 174 Dibasic sodium phosphate 10 g/100 mL 8.6-9.3 142 Sodium tripolyphosphate 6 gm/100 mL 9.7-10 368 Tetrasodium pyrophosphate 5 g/100 mL 9.8-10.3 266 Sodium citrate 72 g/100 mL 5 294 Calcium citrate 10 mg/100 mL 6.8 498 Calcium carbonate 1.5 mg/100 mL 6.1-7.1 100 Magnesium oxide 0.62 mg/100 mL 9.5-10.5 40 Sodium gluconate 60 g/100 mL 6-8 218 Sodium lactate 40 g /100 mL 7 112 Sodium a
- Amino acids can also be employed as Primary or Secondary Essential Buffers, the doses of which may be calculated according to the following information. TABLE 10 Solubility Three (g/100 g One Letter Letter H2O at Symbol Symbol Symbol Symbol Symbol Symbol Symbol Symbol Amino Acid MW pH 25° C.
- the “Essential pH” is the lowest pH of the environment of interest needed to minimize or eliminate the acid-induced degradation of the PPI during the dwell time in the environment. It is generally expressed herein as pH range.
- pH is the pH of the environment in which the PPI/buffer formulation resides.
- the environment may be a storage container or the stomach.
- the environment presents a set of conditions to the PPI/buffer, such as temperature, pH, and the presence or absence of water.
- the dwell time is the time that the PPI dwells in a specific environment, i.e., the GI tract prior to its passage into a different environment, i.e. the bloodstream.
- the shelf-life is another example of a dwell time, in which case, the specific environment may be a container of dry, powdered formulation.
- Resultant pH is the pH that is the result of adding a PPI/buffer formulation to an environment of interest.
- Formulation pH is the pH of the PPI/buffer formulation when it is in liquid form.
- a PPI dose within its calculated pHE range is designed to ensure sufficient PPI protection from acid degradation such that delivery to and action upon proton pumps occur.
- the pHE is the sum of the pKa of a given PPI plus about 0.7.
- the pKa is defined as the pH at which 50% of a chemical is in the ionized form.
- 50% ionization (degradation) of the PPI occurs.
- this ionization is reduced to 90%.
- the Stability Range Factor is the range of pH elevation in which the lower limit is the sum of the pKa of a given PPI+0.7 log, and the upper limit is the pH at which elimination of acid degradation occurs without producing tissue irritation from extreme alkalinity. SRF is calculated based on the desirable shelf-life (or a dwell time), the environmental pH and the amount of acid expected to be encountered, along with a knowledge of the time of exposure expected after the drug is administered and before the drug reaches the blood (i.e., the dwell time).
- the Essential pH used with the SRF establishes a desirable range for the stability to the actions of H+ ion (or other acidic component) on the PPI/buffer formulation. Sufficient buffering capacity maintains an Essential pH as described below as “Essential Buffering Capacity.”
- pH E of PPI pKa of PPI+0.7.
- SRF the range: pH E to 10.9.
- each of the above ranges is increased by one pH unit to minimize, by a factor of 10, any local effects within the stomach that may produce areas of lower pH that might cause PPI degradation.
- a value of +1 log value is also supported by the observation that weak bases operate most efficiently at neutralizing acid beginning at +1 log value above the pKa.
- the amount of acid to be encountered can be significantly more or less than the 12-24 mEq range, but is generally from about 4 mEq to about 30 mEq.
- micronization of the slower acting buffer can be used to enhance its ability to combine with acid.
- Calcium carbonate (and many other calcium buffers) is a similar slower acting (compared to sodium bicarbonate) but potent buffer. Therefore, if used, it would be best suited in an outer layer of a tablet formulation with the inner layer comprising a rapid acting buffer with PPI (or vice versa).
- mixtures of the buffers can be employed for the outer layer. If developing a liquid formulation or a powder for reconstitution, a mixture of a rapid acting buffer and slower acting buffer can be used (e.g., sodium bicarbonate and magnesium oxide, respectively).
- Modifications to the formulations may entail adjusting the pH of products with basic or acidic chemicals, including but not limited to, chemicals described throughout this application. Modifications of buffer pH based on the pHE may or may not be performed in specific instances, depending upon species, age, disease and other variations between patients.
- pKa and Solubility of PPIs indicate inherent stability with respect to acid degradation; the lower the pKa, the more stable the PPI.
- the solubility of the PPI will also dictate the rate at which the PPI complexes with, and is degraded by, acid.
- These two physicochemical characteristics (pKa and solubility) of the PPI interact with the physicochemical characteristics of the buffer(s) (pH, buffering capacity and rate of buffering action) in the presence of acid in the environment to determine the degradation of the PPI over time. The less soluble a PPI is in water, the lower the initial degradation when placed in an acidic environment.
- pantoprazole sodium Although pantoprazole sodium, with a pKa of 3, is inherently more stable in an acidic environment than other PPIs, it is also very soluble in water and thus could undergo 50% degradation in an acidic stomach with a pH of 1.2 in less than 5 minutes. Therefore, it is important for the buffer(s) used with pantoprazole sodium to interact with H+ ion (or other acidic substances) more rapidly than the pantoprazole sodium interacts with such acids and maintain the rapid complexation through the dwell time; otherwise, additional dosing of buffer may be required.
- the overall pH of the gastric contents should be kept at least at the pKa+0.7 (i.e., 3.7) from the time the PPI in solution comes into contact with the gastric acid continuing throughout the dwell time.
- Essential Buffers for liquid formulations of pantoprazole sodium include those buffers whose conjugate acids possess a pKa>3.7 and which are very soluble (e.g., potassium bicarbonate and sodium bicarbonate) Oral solid formulations likewise would require buffers whose conjugate acid possesses a pKa>3.7 and rapid complexation potential.
- pantoprazole sodium is placed (with or without additional buffer) in an inner portion of a tablet or capsule with such antacids, and surrounded by a rapid acting buffer with a rapid disintegrant.
- Another formulation method for pantoprazole is to decrease its solubility such as by selecting a less soluble salt form or the non-salt form, pantoprazole.
- Rabeprazole sodium is also very soluble in water and could undergo 50% degradation in an acidic stomach with a pH of 1.2 in less than 1.5 minutes. It is not very stable to acid degradation due to its higher pKa of 4.9.
- a suitable buffer(s) for rabeprazole sodium interacts with H+ ion (or other acidic substances) more rapidly than the rabeprazole sodium interacts with such acids to prevent early degradation, and should possess high neutralizing capacity to enable rabeprazole to survive through the dwell time.
- Sodium or potassium bicarbonate would be good choices in this instance.
- rabeprazole sodium (as well as any sodium salt of a proton pump inhibitor, which would tend to be more soluble than the base form) is to reduce the solubility of rabeprazole sodium when in aqueous form such as using a less soluble salt form or using the non-salt form. This decreases early degradation because the rabeprazole must first undergo dissolution in water before it is degraded by acid.
- the suitable buffer(s) for rabeprazole sodium should possess high neutralizing capacity to enable rabeprazole to survive through the dwell time.
- a two-part liquid formulation can be utilized.
- the liquid part has the PPI and a high pH, but a low mEq buffering capacity.
- the liquid part is added to a second part that possesses a lower pH but a higher mEq buffering capacity.
- these two parts are added together just prior to administration, a formulation with a lower pH and a higher buffering capacity is produced which will neutralize stomach acid but not be too caustic to tissues. Examples of such formulations are provided below.
- the formulation may be produced in a solid dosage form such as a tablet, capsule or powder with a buffer(s), which disintegrate and reach solution at a rate that exceeds the PPI and thereby provides the Essential pH for protection of the PPI prior to its dissolution and interaction with the acid in the environment.
- the tablet or capsule may be formulated to possess an outer portion of buffer and an inner portion comprising PPI, or a blend of PPI and buffer. Additional methods include formulating the buffer in a smaller particle size (e.g., micronized) and the PPI in a larger particle size. This results in the disintegration of the buffer component prior to disintegration of the PPI component. All of these methods of formulation aim to create an environment of stability for the PPI during the dwell time.
- the dosage form may affect the suitability of a buffer for use in a formulation.
- a buffer for use in a formulation.
- magnesium oxide is a buffer with high buffering capacity but slow onset when formulated as a tablet.
- tablet disintegrants such as pregelatinized starch, it disintegrates more rapidly.
- Omeprazole base is only slightly soluble in water and, as such, less of the drug is subject to early and continued degradation.
- the soluble portion of omeprazole is vulnerable to early degradation in the gastric environment. Dissolution of the remaining insoluble portion is expected to occur within minutes of encountering the water of the gastric secretions. This dissolution time provides some protection against early degradation provided that relatively low volumes of water are used during delivery or in the product formulation. After several minutes in the gastric environment, upon complete dissolution, omeprazole could undergo 50% degradation in less than 3 minutes.
- Omeprazole is moderately stable owing to its pKa of 3.9.
- a suitable buffer(s) for omeprazole is rapid acting and possesses at least moderate neutralizing capacity to enable omeprazole to survive through the dwell time.
- rapid acting in the context of a buffer means a buffer that raises the pH of the environment to greater than or equal to the pHE of a particular PPI in a time sufficient to prevent significant degradation of the PPI.
- the rapid acting buffer raises the pH to at least the pKa of the PPI plus 0.7 log value within 10 minutes.
- Preferred buffer(s) produce an environment where the Resultant pH of the environment is equal to or greater than the Essential pH such that: (1) the onset of pH change to equal to or greater than the pHE+0.7 begins before the acid-induced degradation of the PPI occurs, and (2) the Resultant pH at or greater than the pHE+0.7 lasts throughout the dwell time, which is typically a minimum of 30 minutes in the case of gastric emptying for an adult. It is desirable that the buffer be rapid acting to minimize early acid-induced degradation. The most rapid acting buffers are water soluble (or soluble in the environment). High solubility, however, is not an absolute necessity as magnesium oxide and calcium carbonate, both only slightly soluble, are capable of significant complexation with gastric acid albeit at a slower rate. If a dry formulation is used, such as a tablet, the particle size of the buffer(s) can be reduced to enhance the dissolution rate while the particle size of the PPI can be increased. Disintegrants can be added to enhance the availability of poorly soluble buffers.
- Lansoprazole base is very slightly soluble in water and, as such, less of the drug is subject to early degradation. The soluble portion is vulnerable to early degradation. Dissolution of the remaining insoluble portion is expected to occur within several minutes of encountering the water of the gastric secretions. This dissolution time provides some protection against early degradation provided that relatively low volumes of water are used for delivery or in the product formulation. After several minutes, upon complete dissolution, lansoprazole could undergo 50% degradation in 2 minutes. Lansoprazole is moderately stable owing to its pKa of 4.1. A suitable buffer(s) for lansoprazole should be rapid acting, and should possess moderate to high neutralizing capacity to enable lansoprazole to survive through the dwell time. The pH of the gastric contents (or other environment) should be kept at greater than about 4.8 from the time the PPI in solution comes into contact with the gastric acid continuing throughout the dwell time.
- the acid neutralizing capacity (“ANC”) of soluble buffers may be used to assist in selecting a preferred amount of buffer(s) needed to provide the EBC.
- the ANC uses both the formula weight (FWt.) and the valence to determine buffering capacity.
- ANCs of other buffers are similarly calculated. ANC determinations are from Drake and Hollander, Neutralizing Capacity And Cost Effectiveness Of Antacids, ann intern. med. 109:215-17 (1981). Generally, the formulations of the present invention need about 4 to about 30 mEq of buffering capacity although higher amounts could be used in some patients.
- Sodium bicarbonate in solution possesses a pH>pHE of omeprazole and rapidly neutralizes acidic environments.
- rapid complexation with HCl is a desirable characteristic of an Essential Buffer.
- the Essential Buffer complexes with the acid at a faster rate than the PPI it is intended to protect.
- buffer capacity (Beta). It has been defined by Koppel, Spiro and Van Slyke as the ratio of the increment of strong acid (or base) to the change in pH brought about by addition of acid.
- Buffer capacity the increment (in gram equivalents per liter) of strong acid added to the buffer solution to produce a pH change (change as measured in absolute terms), or buffer capacity change in acid/change in pH. Improvements in the formula have been made to improve the precision, and these form the basis for mathematical comparison of buffers for consideration. See Koppel, BioChem, Z. (65) 409-439 (1914), Van Slyke, J. Biol. chem. 52:525 (1922).
- PPI solubility, the pKa of the PPI, and the amount and concentration of acid (H+ ion) encountered in the environment are variables that can be used to determine the appropriate candidate as an Essential Buffer.
- H+ ion acid
- Early degradation occurs when the soluble portion of the PPI (that portion available for immediate interaction with H+ ion) undergoes hydrolysis by H+ ion.
- PPIs differ in their solubility and, therefore, those that are more soluble have a potential for a higher portion of PPI degraded by early interaction with H+ ion.
- the pKa of the PPI and the pH of the environment of the stomach (or other site of interest) after addition of the PPI/buffer formulation can be used to determine the desirable Essential Buffer.
- Resultant pH the pH data versus time can be plotted as seen in FIG. 9. The graph of pH over time can then be used to evaluate various buffers.
- Such a graph can be developed for a potential buffer or buffer combination using the Rossett-Rice test (Rosset N E, Marion L: An In Vitro Evaluation Of The Efficacy Of The More Frequently Used Antacids With Particular Attention To Tablets .
- Antacids 26: 490-95 (1954) modified with continual addition of simulated gastric fluid.
- the test employs 150 mL of simulated gastric fluid consisting of 2 Gm of sodium chloride and 3.2 Gm of pepsin, which are dissolved in 7 mL of 1N HCl, q.s.
- the pH of the simulated gastric fluid is 1.2.
- a container of 150 mL of this fluid is stirred at 300 rpm+30 rpm with a magnetic stirrer and kept at 37.1° C.
- a pH electrode is kept in the upper region of the solution.
- the test buffer or the subject formulation is added to the container to start the evaluation.
- a continuous drip of simulated gastric fluid is added to the test container at a rate of 1.6 ml/min to simulate gastric secretion. Approximately 1.6 mL/min is removed from the test container to keep the volume in the test container constant. The evaluation continues for at least 90 minutes.
- This methodology allows for a dynamic evaluation of buffering capacity in a model designed to mimic a fasting human stomach. It has been described in part for use in evaluating antacids by Beneyto J E, et. al., Evaluation of a New Antacid, Almagate , Arzneim-Forsch/Drug Res 1984; 34 (10A):1350-4; Kerkhof N J, et al, pH - Stat Tiration of Aluminum Hydroxide Gel , J. Pharm. Sci. 1977; 66: 1528-32.
- a pH tracing can be developed for evaluating buffers as well as finished products.
- a sample of the test solution can be taken during the experiment to evaluate the extent of PPI degradation at various times.
- Those buffers with a suitable profile as exemplified in FIG. 9 able to maintain pH greater than or equal to pHE for 30 minutes or greater, can be considered suitable Essential Buffers.
- the pH was recorded over 10 second intervals.
- the EBC is the buffering capacity, or amount of alkaline buffer, included in the dose and calculated to maintain the Essential pH range and thereby protect any substituted benzimidazole PPI in the gastric (or other) environment.
- the buffering capacity or amount of alkaline buffer, included in the dose and calculated to maintain the Essential pH range and thereby protect any substituted benzimidazole PPI in the gastric (or other) environment.
- more buffering capacity may be necessary with the first dose or first few doses than with subsequent doses because the PPI may encounter more acid with the initial doses.
- Subsequent doses will require less buffering capacity because the initial PPI doses will have reduced gastric acid production.
- the EBC could therefore be reduced in subsequent doses.
- the product's buffering capacity may be formulated as desired, for instance with respect to patient age, gender or species.
- EBC-O range a first dose of omeprazole to be about 4 to about 20 mEq (“EBC-O range”) of sodium bicarbonate, with a range of about 12 to about 25 mEq suitable in most instances.
- Subsequent doses of omeprazole require less EBC, with a range of about 4 to 15 mEq sodium bicarbonate.
- this latter EBC range proved optimal for an omeprazole suspension administered to patients with varying degrees of gastrointestinal transit and acid output, based on a knowledge of basal and maximal acid outputs of 2 and 25 mEq/hour, respectively.
- the above ANC calculation can be employed. Additionally, it is expected to encounter about 100-150 mL of 0.1 N HCl (equating to about 12-24 mEq of acid) in a fasting stomach. Variations in the acid encountered in the environment will affect the Essential Buffering Capacity required.
- the above EBC ranges relate to adult patients. Children, however, produce less acid per unit time in comparison to adults. Therefore, depending on the patient population, the amount of Essential Buffering Capacity required may be altered.
- the Desirable Volume (“DV”) of a PPI dose may affect PPI delivery to and action upon parietal cell proton pumps.
- the DV of a dose is partly based on the EBC.
- a desirable volume should deliver sufficient buffer to act as an antacid to neutralize a substantial amount of gastric or other acids.
- a nominal amount of water or other fluid will be consumed to aid in swallowing the tablet.
- Liquid preparations of the present invention use volumes as small as about 2 ml or in excess of about 60 ml.
- Volumes smaller than 2 ml and larger than 60 ml are contemplated, and may be used as desired to suit individual patients, such as those of advanced or very young age or of different species. Very large volumes may lead to higher amounts of less soluble PPIs (e.g., omeprazole, lansoprazole base forms) going into solution, which could result in vulnerability to early degradation.
- PPIs e.g., omeprazole, lansoprazole base forms
- mEq can be substituted for mg in the formula.
- Secondary components are not required but may be used to enhance the pharmacological action or as pharmaceutical aids. Secondary components may include, but are not limited to, parietal cell activators and other ingredients. Parietal cell activators, as discussed above, are compounds that produce an increase in proton pump activity such that proton pumps are relocated from storage sites of the parietal cell, i.e. tubulovesicles, to the site of H+, K+ exchange at the secretory canaliculus. A parietal cell activator may also serve other functions.
- sodium bicarbonate is an Essential Buffer as well as a parietal cell activator
- chocolate is a parietal cell activator and a flavoring agent
- aspartame which contains phenylalanine, is a sweetener as well as a parietal cell activator.
- Parietal cell activators can be divided into four groups: 1) rapid acting buffers that are weak bases, strong bases or combinations thereof that also produce a rapid onset of effect (the pH drops rather suddenly after the buffer is exhausted; these buffers typically cause the pH of the stomach to rise to above 5); 2) amino acids, protein hydrolysates and proteins; 3) calcium containing compounds such as calcium chloride or calcium carbonate; and 4) compositions such as coffee, cocoa, caffeine and peppermint.
- the other ingredients comprise components of a formulation that are secondary to the primary components.
- Other ingredients include, but are not limited to, thickening agents, flavoring agents, sweeteners, antifoaming agents (such as simethicone), preservatives, antibacterial or antimicrobials agents (such as cefazolin, amoxicillin, sulfamethoxazole, sulfisoxazole, erythromycin and other macrolides such as clarithromycin or azithromycin), and Secondary Essential Buffers.
- Desirable flavoring agents may be added to the dosage forms, and may or may not need to be buffered to the pHE.
- Flavoring agents with pH values inherently suitable to the range of pHE values of PPIs include, but are not limited to, apple, caramel, meat, chocolate, root beer, maple, cherry, coffee, mint, licorice, nut, butter, butterscotch, and peanut butter flavorings, used alone or in any combination.
- all substances included in the formulation of any PPI product including but not limited to, activators, antifoaming agents, potentiators, antioxidants, antimicrobial agents, chelators, sweeteners, thickeners, preservatives, or other additives or substances may be buffered to the pHE.
- the pHE, the EBC, and the DV of a PPI dose may affect PPI delivery to, and action upon, parietal cell proton pumps.
- the following calculations tailor an Essential Buffer dose for any substituted benzimidazole PPI to promote PPI efficacy in an oral administration.
- Step 3 To determine the amount of sodium bicarbonate to administer with the omeprazole, the ANC for sodium bicarbonate is calculated.
- the concentration of sodium bicarbonate should be 17 to 126 mg/ml.
- the concentration of dibasic sodium phosphate should be 14 to 107 mg/ml.
- the pka of disodium phosphate is 7.21. Therefore, an amount of disodium phosphate equivalent to the amount of acid to be encountered would produce a pH of approximately 7.2. Thus, disodium phosphate would make a suitable choice as a buffer.
- the concentration of sodium bicarbonate should be about 17 to about 126 mg/ml.
- Step 3 To determine the amount of sodium bicarbonate to administer with the pantoprazole, the ANC for sodium bicarbonate is calculated.
- the concentration of sodium bicarbonate should be about 17 to 126 mg/ml.
- disodium phosphate sodium phosphate dibasic
- concentration of sodium phosphate dibasic should be about 35.6 mg/ml to 100 mg/ml at a pH range of about 6.9 to 10.9.
- the pka of disodium phosphate is 7.21.
- an amount of disodium phosphate equivalent to the amount of acid to be encountered would produce a pH of approximately 7.2. Accordingly, disodium phosphate would make a suitable choice as a buffer.
- buffers relate to their use immediately after mixing. In order to enhance the shelf-life, higher pH values would be anticipated within the range of acceptable pHE for a given PPI.
- rabeprazole suspensions containing various buffers were evaluated for color change because degradation of PPIs results in a color change to brown or black. All buffer suspensions started out white in color.
- Veterinary Formulations Horses produce stomach acid continuously throughout the day. It is the basal acid secretion from the stomach in the absence of feeding that is responsible for the erosion of the squamous mucosa in the stomach and ulcers. Horses on pasture normally secrete a continuous supply of saliva, which buffers the stomach acid. When horses are being ridden regularly, trained for shows or prepared for sales, they are usually kept in stalls much of the day. Under these conditions, the natural salivary buffering mechanism is disrupted and acid indigestion often results.
- omeprazole ranges from 0.7 to 1.5 mg/kg/day (doses up to 4 mg/kg/day may be required) and a typical weight for a horse is 500 kg. Similar dosages are expected for rabeprazole and lansoprazole.
- Dogs can also suffer from ulcers and their dosage is approximately 1 mg/kg/day.
- the following formulations are designed for use in horses but smaller amounts can be used in dogs with an EBC of 10 to 20 mEq.
- Formulation 5 Veterinary Formulation of Omeprazole This formulation is particularly well suited for animals rather than humans because the dose of PPI is high.
- PPI Omeprazole powder 500 mg (a range of 350 to 700 mg)
- Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as guar gum 350 mg, artificial maple flavor powder 100 mg, thaumatin powder 10 mg (to mask the bitterness of omeprazole), and sucrose 25 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final omeprazole concentration of 5 mg/mL. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve omeprazole concentrations ranging from about 0.8 to about 20 mg/mL.
- a thickener such as guar gum 350 mg
- artificial maple flavor powder 100 mg thaumatin powder 10 mg (to mask the bitterness of omeprazole)
- sucrose 25 Gm sucrose 25 Gm.
- Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final omeprazole concentration of 5 mg/mL. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve omeprazole concentrations ranging from about 0.8 to about 20 mg/m
- this formulation may be divided into two parts.
- the dry part may be reconstituted with the liquid part at the time of use.
- PPI Lansoprazole powder 750 mg
- Primary Essential Buffer(s) Sodium bicarbonate 6 g (71.4 mEq)
- Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as xanthan gum 300 mg, artificial peanut butter flavor powder 100 mg, and sucrose 35 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final lansoprazole concentration of 7.5 mg/mL.
- the suspension should be refrigerated after reconstitution. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve lansoprazole concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.
- this formulation may divided into two parts.
- the dry part may be reconstituted with the liquid part at the time of use.
- PPI Lansoprazole powder 750 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s) Sodium bicarbonate 5 g (59.5 mEq) Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium carbonate 400 mg* (3.8 mEq)
- Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose 300 mg, artificial maple flavor 100 mg, and sucrose 35 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final lansoprazole concentration of 7.5 mg/mL. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve lansoprazole concentrations ranging from 0.3 to 20 mg/mL.
- a thickener such as hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose 300 mg, artificial maple flavor 100 mg, and sucrose 35 Gm.
- Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final lansoprazole concentration of 7.5 mg/mL.
- Different volumes of water may be added to achieve lansoprazole concentrations ranging from 0.3 to 20 mg/mL.
- this formulation may divided into two parts.
- the dry part may be reconstituted with the liquid part at the time of use.
- EBC 53.2 mEq
- PPI Esomeprazole magnesium powder 500 mg
- Primary Essential Buffer(s) Sodium bicarbonate 5 g (47.6 mEq) Dibasic sodium phosphate 800 mg (5.6 mEq)
- Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as hydroxypropyl cellulose 300 mg, artificial butterscotch flavor 100 mg, thaumatin powder 5 mg, and sucrose 30 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final esomeprazole concentration of 7.5 mg/mL. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve esomeprazole concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.
- a thickener such as hydroxypropyl cellulose 300 mg, artificial butterscotch flavor 100 mg, thaumatin powder 5 mg, and sucrose 30 Gm.
- Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final esomeprazole concentration of 7.5 mg/mL.
- Different volumes of water may be added to achieve esomeprazole concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.
- Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as hydroxypropyl cellulose 300 mg, artificial butterscotch flavor 100 mg, thaumatin powder 5 mg, and sucrose 30 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final pantoprazole concentration of 10 mg/mL. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve esomeprazole concentrations ranging from 0.2 to 20 mg/mL.
- Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as hydroxypropyl cellulose 300 mg, artificial butterscotch flavor 100 mg, thaumatin powder 5 mg, and sucrose 30 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water.
- a PPI or other acid-labile drug may be added by the compounding pharmacist selected from available PPIs or acid-labile drugs from powder or enteric-coated oral solid dosage forms. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.
- This formulation may be in the form of a one-part product (liquid or dry) or a two-part product (liquid and dry), for examples.
- the drug to be added to the formulation may be added to the dry formulation and the liquid part may be added at the time of use, or the drug maybe added to the liquid portion which would be buffered to a pH above that required for disintegration of enteric-coated drug formulations (typically pH of 6.8 or greater).
- sweeteners include but are not limited to corn syrup, simple syrup, sugar, thaumatin, and aspartame.
- Thickeners include but are not limited to methylcellulose, xanthan gum, carrageenan, and guar gum.
- Preservatives may be added to retard spoilage and include but are not limited to sodium benzoate, methylparaben and propylparaben.
- Flavoring agents in these formulations include but are not limited to apple, caramel, maple, peanut butter, meat, etc.
- the total amount of Essential Buffer may range from about 4 mEq to about 30 mEq per dose.
- Formulation 11 Oral Buffer Complex Without PPI (for general use to protect acid labile drugs)
- Multidose Composition Primary Essential Buffer: Dibasic sodium phosphate or sodium bicarbonate 10 g (range 2 g to 10 g)
- Optional Secondary Essential Buffer Tribasic sodium phosphate or sodium carbonate 200 mg
- Other ingredients Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Cocoa processed with alkali 1800 mg Corn syrup solids 6000 mg Sodium caseinate 100 mg Soy lecithin 80 mg
- Preservatives may be added to retard spoilage and include but are not limited to sodium benzoate, methylparaben, and propylparaben.
- Thickeners such as xanthan gum, guar gum, or hydroxymethyl propyl cellulose can be flavoring agents in these formulations include chocolate, caramel, maple, butter pecan and other flavorings as have been outlined previously. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.
- Primary Essential Buffer(s) Sodium bicarbonate 8 g (range 2 g to 10 g)
- Other ingredients Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Corn syrup solids 6000 mg Partially-hydrogenated soybean oil 400 mg Dipotassium phosphate 300 mg Caramel flavor 270 mg Soy lecithin 80 mg Sodium silico aluminate 20 mg Titanium dioxide 10 mg
- Optional Secondary Essential Buffer Tribasic sodium phosphate 1000 mg.
- Primary Essential Buffer(s) Dibasic sodium phosphate 8 g (range 2 g to 10 g) Other ingredients: Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Butterscotch flavor 270 mg Corn syrup solids 6000 mg
- Primary Essential Buffer(s) Sodium bicarbonate 8 g (range 1 g to 10 g)
- Secondary Essential Buffer(s) Trisodium phosphate 1.5 g (range 0 g to 5 g)
- Other ingredients Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Butterscotch flavor 270 mg Corn syrup solids 6000 mg
- buffers that produce a solution with pH 4.8 or greater and produce the Essential Buffering Capacity include, but are not limited to, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, dibasic sodium phosphate, and dipotassium phosphate.
- Enough powder for 11 tablets is weighed out: PPI: Lansoprazole powder 330 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate USP 5500 mg Dibasic sodium phosphate 2200 mg
- the resultant powder is thoroughly mixed. Then 720 mg of the homogeneous mixture is poured into a tablet reservoir (1 ⁇ 2 inch diameter) and pressed through a full motion of the press as is known in the art. Th e resultant tablet contains: Lansoprazole 30 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 500 mg Disodium hydrogen phosphate 200 mg
- the tablet contains 6 mEq sodium bicarbonate and 1.4 mEq dibasic sodium phosphate. Variations in this tablet may include a tablet containing all dibasic sodium phosphate or all sodium bicarbonate or other buffers from the Essential Buffers list. The amount of Effective Buffer Capacity per tablet may range from as little as about 4 mEq to as much as about 30 mEq.
- buffers that are soluble at pH 4.6 or greater include, but are not limited to, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, disodium hydrogen phosphate (dibasic sodium phosphate), and dipotassium phosphate.
- Enough powder for 11 tablets is weighed out: PPI: Omeprazole powder USP 220 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate USP 6500 mg Magnesium oxide powder 1650 mg Croscarmelose sodium 300 mg
- the resultant powder is thoroughly mixed. Then 788 mg of the homogeneous mixture is poured into a tablet reservoir (1 ⁇ 2 inch diameter) and pressed through a full motion of the press as is known in the art.
- the resultant tablet contains: Omeprazole USP 20 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 590 mg Magnesium oxide 150 mg Croscarmelose sodium 27.27 mg
- the resultant powder is thoroughly mixed. Then 826 mg of the homogeneous mixture is poured into a tablet reservoir (1 ⁇ 2 inch diameter) and pressed through a full motion of the press as is known in the art.
- the resultant tablet contains: Omeprazole USP 40 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 590 mg Magnesium oxide 150 mg Pregelatinized starch 45.45 mg
- the tablet contains 7 mEq sodium bicarbonate and 3.75 mEq magnesium oxide.
- the amount of Effective Buffer Capacity may range from as little as 4 mEq to as much as 30 mEq.
- the tablet excipients, tablet binders, and film coating of Formulation 16 may also be added.
- Esomeprazole magnesium or other proton pump inhibitors which are of low solubility may be used in place of omeprazole or lansoprazole in the above formulations.
- the tablet excipients, tablet binders, and film coatings of Formulation 16 may also be added.
- powders of any of the formulations disclosed herein may be manufactured by thoroughly mixing the powders as when making tablets and omitting the pressing of the tablets. The powder is packaged in a suitable container protecting the formulation from air moisture and light such as a foil pack or sachet. When added to a volume of water (e.g. 3 to 20 mL) the formulation may be taken orally or administered down a feeding or NG tube, etc.
- Flavoring agents such as are outlined in the above formulations may be used, for example, carmel flavor 0.1% w/w.
- PPIs such as pantoprazole, omeprazole, esomperazole and rabeprazole
- the use of thaumatin in a quantity of 5 to 10 ppm may be useful in masking the bitterness.
- Sweeteners such as sucrose or aspartame may also be employed.
- Tablet disintegrants such as croscarmelose sodium and glidants such as magnesium stearate may additionally be used.
- Formulation 19 Omeprazole Powder Formulations (single dose)
- PPI Omeprazole powder USP 20 mg or 40 mg (or esomeprazole magnesium).
- Primary Essential Buffer(s) Sodium bicarbonate USP powder (60 micron) 1000 mg Magnesium oxide USP powder 500 mg
- Optional Secondary Essential Buffer(s) Tribasic sodium phosphate 200 mg*
- Other ingredients Dextrose 60 mg Xanthan gum (Rhodigel ultra fine) 15 mg Thaumatin (Flavor enhancer) 5 to 10 ppm
- Formulation 20 Unflavored Omeprazole Powder (single dose) Omeprazole powder USP 20 mg or 40 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 1500 mg Parietal cell activator: Calcium chloride 200 mg Other ingredients: Dextrose 60 mg Xanthan gum (Rhodigel ulta fine) 15 mg Thaumatin (Flavor enhancer) 5 to 10 ppm
- Formulation 21 Flavored Omeprazole Powder (single dose) Omeprazole powder USP 20 mg Dibasic sodium Phosphate duohydrate 2000 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 840 mg to 1680 mg Sucrose 2.6 g Maltodextrin 200 mg Cocoa processed with alkali* 180 mg Corn syrup solids 600 mg Xanthan gum 15 mg Aspartame 15 mg Thaumatin 2 mg Soy lecithin 10 mg
- Formulation 25 Unflavored Rabeprazole Powder (single dose) PPI: Rabeprazole sodium powder USP 20 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate USP 1200 mg Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Trisodium phosphate USP 300 mg Optional Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium hydroxide or Tribasic potassium may be added in higher or lower amounts to adjust pH for desired stability and additive antacid or buffering capacity.
- a two part product may be employed comprising one part of about 5 to about 15 mL distilled water with a low concentration of Secondary Essential Buffer (e.g. trisodium phosphate (100 mg) or sodium hydroxide (50 mg)) used to dissolve an enteric-coated tablet of rabeprazole thereby producing a stable solution/suspension.
- Secondary Essential Buffer e.g. trisodium phosphate (100 mg) or sodium hydroxide (50 mg)
- This highly alkaline suspension containing low neutralization capacity and rabeprazole sodium may then be added with a second part containing the Primary Essential Buffer(s) having significant neutralization capacity.
- Secondary Essential Buffer(s) may be included with the Primary Essential Buffers.
- This formulation is designed to enable the use of the commercially available enteric-coated tablet of rabeprazole as the source of the PPI.
- This tablet requires disintegration prior to use as a liquid formulation.
- Part 1 the low concentration of Secondary Essential Buffer
- Formulation 26 Unflavored Rabeprazole Powder (single dose)
- PPI Rabeprazole sodium powder USP 20 mg
- Primary Essential Buffer(s) Calcium lactate USP 700 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 700 mg Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Calcium hydroxide USP 15 mg
- the powder Reconstitute the powder with a liquid part comprising 10 mL glycerol and 10 mL distilled water at the time of use.
- the liquid for reconstitution may be only water (e.g. distilled) and contain some of the buffer.
- the liquid for reconstitution may be supplied as a buffered product (to pH 9-11) for dissolving rabeprazole sodium delayed-release tablets (if used as a source of rabeprazole sodium).
- the outside layer surrounding the PPI tablet serves as a pH-buffering zone.
- Enough sodium bicarbonate for 6 tablets is weighed out with approximately 280 mg per tablet for a total of 1680 mg sodium bicarbonate USP. Then weigh out approximately 280 mg of the resultant blend and add to a die of 1 ⁇ 2′′ diameter. Press through a full motion to compact the powder into a tablet. Place the tablet back into the 1 ⁇ 2 inch die and then place the smaller 3 ⁇ 8′′ tablet (inner tablet) on top of the 1 ⁇ 2′′ tablet and center it. Add approximately 380 mg sodium bicarbonate to the die on top of the 1 ⁇ 2′′ tablet and the 3 ⁇ 8′′ tablet. Press through a full motion to compact the materials into one tablet.
- each tablet is 815 mg to 890 mg containing 20 mg omeprazole.
- Binders such as tapioca or PVP and disintigrants such as pregelatinized starch may be added.
- the outer layer may also comprise pharmaceutically acceptable tablet exipients.
- Optional coatings can also be employed, for example, light film coatings and coatings to repel ultraviolet light as is known in the art.
- Magnesium oxide or magnesium hydroxide may be substituted for the sodium bicarbonate outer phase. Enough magnesium oxide for 6 tablets is weighed out with approximately 280 mg per tablet for a total of 1680 mg magnesium oxide USP. Then weigh out approximately 280 mg of the resultant blend and add to a die of 1 ⁇ 2′′ diameter. Press through a full motion to compact the powder into a tablet. Place the tablet back into the 1 ⁇ 2 inch die and then place the smaller 3 ⁇ 8′′ tablet (inner tablet) on top of the 1 ⁇ 2′′ tablet and center it. Add approximately 380 mg magnesium oxide to the die on top of the 1 ⁇ 2′′ tablet and the 3 ⁇ 8′′ tablet. Press through a full motion to compact the materials into one tablet.
- each tablet is 815 mg to 890 mg containing 20 mg omeprazole.
- Binders such as tapioca or PVP and disintigrants such as pregelatinized starch, croscarmelose sodium or microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) and colloidal silicone dioxide (CSD) may be added.
- the outer layer may also comprise pharmaceutically acceptable tablet exipients.
- Optional coatings can also be employed, for example, light film coatings and coatings to repel ultraviolet light as is known in the art.
- the outer phase can alternatively comprise a combination of sodium bicarbonate and magnesium oxide.
- Formulation 29 Lansoprazole Two Part Tablet Enough for 6 tablets is weighed out.
- Inner Core PPI: Lansoprazole powder USP 180 mg Primary Essential Buffer: Sodium bicarbonate USP 1200 mg
- Outer Phase Sodium bicarbonate USP 3960 mg
- Formulation 34 Omeprazole 20 mg
- Two-Part Tablet Inner Core PPI: Omeprazole enteric coated granules (base, or 20 mg sodium salt or esomeprazole sodium or magnesium)
- Outer Phase Sodium bicarbonate powder USP 1000 mg
- the inner core is created as is known in the art such that the enteric coatings on the granules remain substantially intact.
- the outer phase is bound to the inner core as described in Formulation 28.
- Other variations of this tablet include a uniform enteric coating surrounding the PPI of the inner core instead of separate enteric coated granules.
- Formulation 35 Lansoprazole 30 mg
- PPI Lansoprazole enteric coated granules 30 mg
- Outer Phase Sodium bicarbonate powder USP 1000 mg
- This two-part tablet is formulated as per Formulation 34.
- Formulation 36 Rabeprazole 20 mg
- Two-Part Tablet Inner Core PPI: Rabeprazole enteric coated granules 20 mg
- Outer Phase Sodium bicarbonate powder USP 1000 mg
- This two-part tablet is formulated as per Formulation 34.
- Formulation 37 Omeprazole Two Part Tablet Enough for 6 tablets is weighted out Inner Core: Omeprazole 120 mg Sodium bicarbonate powder USP 1200 mg Outer Phase: Magnesium oxide 1500 mg Optional - calcium carbonate 3000 mg
- omeprazole and sodium bicarbonate of the inner core are homogeneously mixed and formed as in Formulation 28.
- the outer phase is combined with the inner core as in Formulation 28.
- Formulation 38 Combination Antacid and Enteric Coated Dosage Form Omeprazole enteric coated granules 20 mg (or an or enteric coated tablet equivalent dose of another PPI) Calcium carbonate 1000 mg
- enteric coated granules are employed, they are generally, but not required, dispersed throughout the tablet or capsule. If an enteric coated tablet is alternatively utilized, it forms a central core, which is uniformly surrounded by the calcium carbonate in either a compressed tablet or in a larger capsule. In another embodiment, a capsule containing enteric coated granules of PPI can be placed within a larger capsule containing the calcium carbonate.
- buffering agents can be utilized in lieu of or in combination with calcium carbonate.
- the buffer(s) employed is present in an amount of at least about 5 mEq per dose of the composition with the preferred range been 7.5 to 15 mEq.
- sodium bicarbonate may be preferred over calcium carbonate and other antacids (such as magnesium or aluminum salts) because in many cases, sodium bicarbonate more quickly lowers gastric pH.
- Formulation 39 Combination Rapid Release and Delayed Released PPI and Antacid Inner core: Omeprazole enteric coated 10 or 20 mg (or an equivalent dose granules or of another PPI) enteric coated tablet Outer phase: Omeprazole powder 10 or 20 mg (or equivalent dose of another PPI) Calcium Carbonate powder 1000 mg
- the constituents of the outer phase are uniformly mixed.
- the inner core is created as is known in the art such that the enteric coatings on the granules or tablet remain substantially intact.
- the outer phase is bound to the inner core as described herein and as known in the art.
- Formulation 40 Soft Chewable PPI-Buffer Dosage Form: Omeprazole 10 or 20 mg (or an equivalent dose of another PPI) is combined with the ingredients of a soft chewable antacid tablet (e.g., Viactiv®), which comprises calcium carbonate 500 or 1000 mg, corn syrup, sugar, chocolate non fat milk, cocoa butter, salt, soy lecithin, glyceryl monostearate, flavoring (e.g., caramel), carrageenan, and sodium phosphate. Vitamins D3 and/or K1 can also be added.
- the finished chew tablets are administered to patients once to thrice daily for gastric acid related disorders.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Natural Medicines & Medicinal Plants (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Mycology (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Alternative & Traditional Medicine (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Botany (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nutrition Science (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Physiology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed herein are compositions and methods for treating gastric acid disorders employing pharmaceutical compositions comprising a proton pump inhibitor (PPI) in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/901,942, filed on Jul. 9, 2001, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/481,207 filed Jan. 11, 2000, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/183,422 filed on Oct. 30, 1998, now abandoned, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/680,376 filed on Jul. 15, 1996, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,737, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/009,608 filed on Jan. 4, 1996. This application claims priority to all such previous applications, and such applications are hereby incorporated herein by reference to the extent permitted by law.
- Omeprazole is a substituted benzimidazole, 5-methoxy-2-[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridinyl) methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole, that inhibits gastric acid secretion. Omeprazole belongs to a class of antisecretory compounds called proton pump inhibitors (“PPls”) that do not exhibit anti-cholinergic or H2 histamine antagonist properties. Drugs of this class suppress gastric acid secretion by the specific inhibition of the H+,K+-ATPase enzyme system (proton pump) at the secretory surface of the gastric parietal cell.
- Typically, omeprazole, lansoprazole and other proton pump inhibitors are formulated in an enteric-coated solid dosage form (as either a delayed-release capsule or tablet) or as an intravenous solution (as a product for reconstitution), and are prescribed for short-term treatment of active duodenal ulcers, gastric ulcers, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), severe erosive esophagitis, poorly responsive symptomatic GERD, and pathological hypersecretory conditions such as Zollinger Ellison syndrome. These conditions are caused by an imbalance between acid and pepsin production, called aggressive factors, and mucous, bicarbonate, and prostaglandin production, called defensive factors. These above-listed conditions commonly arise in healthy or critically ill patients, and may be accompanied by significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding.
- H2-antagonists, antacids, and sucralfate are commonly administered to minimize the pain and the complications related to these conditions. These drugs have certain disadvantages associated with their use. Some of these drugs are not completely effective in the treatment of the aforementioned conditions and/or produce adverse side effects, such as mental confusion, constipation, diarrhea, and thrombocytopenia. H2-antagonists, such as ranitidine and cimetidine, are relatively costly modes of therapy, particularly in NPO patients, which frequently require the use of automated infusion pumps for continuous intravenous infusion of the drug.
- Patients with significant physiologic stress are at risk for stress-related gastric mucosal damage and subsequent upper gastrointestinal bleeding (Marrone and Silen,Pathogenesis, Diagnosis and Treatment of A cute Gastric Mucosa Lesions, Clin Gastroenterol 13: 635-650 (1984)). Risk factors that have been clearly associated with the development of stress-related mucosal damage are mechanical ventilation, coagulopathy, extensive burns, head injury, and organ transplant (Zinner et al., The Prevention of Gastrointestinal Tract Bleeding in Patients in an Intensive Care Unit, Surg. Gynecol. Obstet., 153: 214-220 (1981); Larson et al., Gastric Response to Severe Head Injury, Am. J. Surg. 147: 97-105 (1984); Czaja et al., Acute Gastroduodenal Disease After Thermal Injury: An Endoscopic Evaluation of Incidence and Natural History, N Engl. J. Med, 291: 925-929 (1974); Skillman et al., Respiratory Failure, Hypolension, Sepsis and Jaundice: A Clinical Syndrome Associated with Lethal Hemorrhage From Acute Stress Ulceration, Am. J. Surg., 117: 523-530 (1969); and Cook et al., Risk Factors for Gastrointestinal Bleeding in Critically Ill Patients, N. Engl. J. Med., 330:377-381 (1994)). One or more of these factors are often found in critically ill, intensive care unit patients. A recent cohort study challenges other risk factors previously identified such as acid-base disorders, multiple trauma, significant hypertension, major surgery, multiple operative procedures, acute renal failure, sepsis, and coma (Cook et al., Risk Factors for Gastrointestinal Bleeding in Critically Ill Patients, N. Engl. J. Med., 330:377-381 (1994)). Regardless of the risk type, stress-related mucosal damage results in significant morbidity and mortality. Clinically significant bleeding occurs in at least twenty percent of patients with one or more risk factors who are left untreated (Martin et al., Continuous Intravenous cimetidine Decreases Stress-related Upper Gastro-intestinal Hemorrhage Without Promoting Pneumonia, Crit. Care Med., 21: 19-39 (1993)). Of those who bleed, approximately ten percent require surgery (usually gastrectomy) with a reported mortality of thirty percent to fifty percent (Czaja et al., Acute Gastroduodenal Disease After Thermal Injury: An Endoscopic Evaluation of Incidence and Natural History, N Engl. J. Med, 291: 925-929 (1974); Peura and Johnson, Cimetidine for Prevention and Treatment of Gastroduodenal Mucosal Lesions in Patients in an Intensive Care Unit, Ann Intern Med., 103: 173-177 (1985)). Those who do not need surgery often require multiple transfusions and prolonged hospitalization. Prevention of stress-related upper gastrointestinal bleeding is an important clinical goal.
- Omeprazole (Prilosec®), lansoprazole (Prevacid®) and other PPIs reduce gastric acid production by inhibiting H+,K+-ATPase of the parietal cell—the final common pathway for gastric acid secretion (Fellenius et al.,Substituted Benzimidazoles Inhibit Gastric Acid Secretion by Blocking H+, K+-ATPase, Nature, 290: 159-161 (1981); Wallmark et al, The Relationship Between Gastric Acid Secretion and Gastric H+, K+-ATPase Activity, J. Biol. Chem., 260: 13681-13684 (1985); Fryklund et al., Function and Structure of Parietal Cells After H+,K+-ATPase Blockade, Am. J. Physiol., 254 (3 pt 1); G399-407 (1988)).
-
- At neutral pH, omeprazole, lansoprazole and other PPIs are chemically stable, lipid-soluble, weak bases that are devoid of inhibitory activity. These neutral weak bases reach parietal cells from the blood and diffuse into the secretory canaliculi, where the drugs become protonated and thereby trapped. The protonated agent rearranges to form a sulfenic acid and a sulfenamide. The sulfenamide interacts covalently with sulfhydryl groups at critical sites in the extracellular (luminal) domain of the membrane-spanning H+,K+-ATPase (Hardman et al., Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, p. 907 (9th ed. 1996)). Omeprazole and lansoprazole, therefore, are prodrugs that must be activated to be effective. The specificity of the effects of PPIs is also dependent upon: (a) the selective distribution of H+,K+-ATPase; (b) the requirement for acidic conditions to catalyze generation of the reactive inhibitor; and (c) the trapping of the protonated drug and the cationic sulfenamide within the acidic canaliculi and adjacent to the target enzyme. (Hardman et al., 1996).
- Omeprazole and lansoprazole are available for oral administration as enteric-coated granules in gelatin capsules. Other proton pump inhibitors such as rabeprazole and pantoprazole are supplied as enteric-coated dosage forms. The enteric dosage forms of the prior art have been employed because they are acid labile; thus, it is important that these drugs not be exposed to low pH gastric acid prior to absorption. Although these drugs are stable at alkaline pH, they are destroyed rapidly as pH falls (e.g., by gastric acid). Therefore, if the micro-encapsulation or the enteric coating is disrupted (e.g., trituration to compound a liquid, or chewing the capsule), the dosage forms of the prior art will be exposed to degradation by the gastric acid in the stomach.
- The absence of an intravenous or oral liquid dosage form in the United States has limited the testing and use of omeprazole, lansoprazole and rabeprazole in the critical care patient population. Barie et al.,Therapeutic Use of Omeprazole for Refractory Stress-induced Gastric Mucosal Hemorrhage, Crit. Care Med., 20: 899-901 (1992) have described the use of omeprazole enteric-coated pellets administered through a nasogastric tube to control gastrointestinal hemorrhage in a critical care patient with multi-organ failure. However, such pellets are not ideal as they can aggregate and occlude such tubes, and they are not suitable for patients who cannot swallow the pellets. Am J. Health-Syst Pharm 56:2327-30 (1999).
- Proton pump inhibitors such as omeprazole represent an advantageous alternative to the use of H2-antagonists, antacids, and sucralfate as a treatment for complications related to stress-related mucosal damage. However, in their current form (capsules containing enteric-coated granules or enteric-coated tablets), proton pump inhibitors can be difficult or impossible to administer to patients who are either unwilling or unable to swallow tablets or capsules, such as critically ill patients, children, the elderly, and patients suffering from dysphagia. Therefore, it would be desirable to formulate a proton pump inhibitor solution or suspension which can be enterally delivered to a patient thereby providing the benefits of the proton pump inhibitor without the drawbacks of the current enteric-coated solid dosage forms.
- Omeprazole, the first proton pump inhibitor introduced into use, has been formulated in many different embodiments such as in a mixture of polyethylene glycols, adeps solidus and sodium lauryl sulfate in a soluble, basic amino acid to yield a formulation designed for administration in the rectum as taught by U.S. Pat. No. 5,219,870 to Kim.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,395,323 to Berglund ('323) discloses a device for mixing a pharmaceutical from a solid supply into a parenterally acceptable liquid form for parenteral administration to a patient. The '323 patent teaches the use of an omeprazole tablet which is placed in the device and dissolved by normal saline, and infused parenterally into the patient. This device and method of parenteral infusion of omeprazole does not provide the omeprazole solution as an enteral product, nor is this omeprazole solution directly administered to the diseased or affected areas, namely the stomach and upper gastrointestinal tract, nor does this omeprazole formulation provide the immediate antacid effect of the present formulation.
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,786,505 to Lovgren et al. discloses a pharmaceutical preparation containing omeprazole together with an alkaline reacting compound or an alkaline salt of omeprazole optionally together with an alkaline compound as a core material in a tablet formulation. The core is then enterically coated. The use of the alkaline material, which can be chosen from such substances as the sodium salt of carbonic acid, are used to form a “micro-pH” around each omeprazole particle to protect the omeprazole which is highly sensitive to acid pH. The powder mixture is then formulated into enteric-coated small beads, pellets, tablets and may be loaded into capsules by conventional pharmaceutical procedures. This formulation of omeprazole does not teach a non-enteric-coated omeprazole dosage form which can be enterally administered to a patient who may be unable and/or unwilling to swallow capsules, tablets or pellets, nor does it teach a convenient form which can be used to make an omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitor solution or suspension.
- Several buffered omeprazole oral solutions/suspensions have been disclosed. For example, Pilbrant et al.,Development of an Oral Formulation of Omeprazole, Scand. J. Gastroent. 20(Suppl. 108): 113-120 (1985) teaches a suspension of micronized omeprazole, 60 mg, in 50 ml of water also containing 8 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate. The suspension was administered as follows: After fasting for at least 10 hours, patients were given a solution of 8 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate in 50 ml of water. Five minutes later the patients took the omeprazole suspension and rinsed it down with another 50 ml of sodium bicarbonate solution. Ten (10), 20 and 30 minutes later, a further 50 ml of sodium bicarbonate solution was administered.
- Andersson et el.,Pharmacokinetics of Various Single Intravenous and Oral Doses of Omeprazole, Eur J. Clin. Pharmacol. 39: 195-197.(1990) discloses 10 mg, 40 mg, and 90 mg of oral omeprazole dissolved in PEG 400, sodium bicarbonate and water. The concentration of omeprazole cannot be determined, as volumes of diluent are not disclosed. Nevertheless, it is apparent from this reference that multiple doses of sodium bicarbonate were administered with and after the omeprazole suspension.
- Andersson et al.,Pharmacokinetics and Bioavailability of Omeprazole After Single and Repeated Oral Administration in Healthy Subjects, Br. J. Clin. Pharmac. 29: 557-63 (1990) teaches the oral use of 20 mg of omeprazole, which was dissolved in 20 g of PEG 400 (sp. gravity=1.14) and diluted with 50 ml of water containing 8 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate. In order to protect the omeprazole from gastric acid, the buffered solution was given with 48 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate in 300 ml of water.
- Regardh et al.,The Pharmacokinetics of Omeprazole in HumansA Study of Single Intravenous and Oral Doses, Ther. Drug Mon.12: 163-72 (1990) discloses an oral dose of omeprazole at a concentration 0.4 mg/ml after the drug was dissolved in PEG 400, water and sodium bicarbonate (8 mmoles). A solution containing 16 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate in 100 ml of water was concomitantly given with the omeprazole solution. That dose was followed by a solution of 50 ml of 0.16 mol/L sodium bicarbonate that was used for rinsing the vessel. In both the IV and oral experiment, 50 ml of 0.16 mol/L sodium bicarbonate was administered 5 minutes before administration, and 10, 20 and 30 minutes post-dose.
- Landahl et al.,Pharmacokinetics Study of Omeprazole in Elderly Healthy Volunteers, Clin. Pharmacokinetics 23 (6): 469-476 (1992) teaches the use of an oral dose of 40 mg of omeprazole dissolved in PEG 400, sodium bicarbonate and water. This reference does not disclose the final concentrations utilized. Again, this reference teaches the multiple administration of sodium bicarbonate (8 mmol/L and 16 mmol/L) after the omeprazole solution.
- Andersson et al.,Pharmacokinetics of [14C] Omeprazole in Patients with Liver Cirrhosis, Clin. Pharmacokinetics 24(1): 71-78 (1993) discloses the oral administration of 40 mg of omeprazole, which was dissolved in PEG 400, water and sodium bicarbonate. This reference does not teach the final concentration of the omeprazole solution administered, although it emphasizes the need for pre, concomitant and post sodium bicarbonate dosing with a total of 48 mmoles to prevent acid degradation of the drug.
- Nakagawa, et al., Lansoprazole:Phase I Study of lansoprazole (AG1749) Anti-ulcer Agent, J. Clin. Therapeutics & Med.(1991) teaches the oral administration of 30 mg of lansoprazole suspended in 100 ml of sodium bicarbonate, which was administered to patients through a nasogastric tube.
- All of the buffered omeprazole solutions described in these references were administered orally, and were given to healthy subjects who were able to ingest the oral dose. In all of these studies, omeprazole was suspended in a solution including sodium bicarbonate, as a pH buffer, in order to protect the acid sensitive omeprazole during administration. In all of these studies, repeated administration of sodium bicarbonate both prior to, during, and following omeprazole administration were required in order to prevent acid degradation of the omeprazole given via the oral route of administration. In the above-cited studies, as much as 48 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate in 300 ml of water must be ingested for a single dose of omeprazole to be orally administered.
- The buffered omeprazole solutions of the above cited prior art require the ingestion of large amounts of sodium bicarbonate and large volumes of water by repeated administration. This has been considered necessary to prevent acid degradation of the omeprazole. In the above-cited studies, basically healthy volunteers, rather than sick patients, were given dilute buffered omeprazole utilizing pre-dosing and post-dosing with large volumes of sodium bicarbonate.
- The administration of large amounts of sodium bicarbonate can produce at least six significant adverse effects, which can dramatically reduce the efficacy of the omeprazole in patients and reduce the overall health of the patients. First, the fluid volumes of these dosing protocols would not be suitable for sick or critically ill patients who must receive multiple doses of omeprazole. The large volumes would result in the distention of the stomach and increase the likelihood of complications in critically ill patients such as the aspiration of gastric contents.
- Second, because bicarbonate is usually neutralized in the stomach or is absorbed, such that belching results, patients with gastroesophageal reflux may exacerbate or worsen their reflux disease as the belching can cause upward movement of stomach acid (Brunton,Agents for the Control of Gastric Acidity and Treatment of Peptic Ulcers, In, Goodman A G, et al. The Pharmacologic Basis of Therapeutics. (New York, p. 907 (1990)).
- Third, patients with conditions such as hypertension or heart failure are standardly advised to avoid the intake of excessive sodium as it can cause aggravation or exacerbation of their hypertensive conditions (Brunton, supra). The ingestion of large amounts of sodium bicarbonate is inconsistent with this advice.
- Fourth, patients with numerous conditions that typically accompany critical illness should avoid the intake of excessive sodium bicarbonate as it can cause metabolic alkalosis that can result in a serious worsening of the patient's condition.
- Fifth, excessive antacid intake (such as sodium bicarbonate) can result in drug interactions that produce serious adverse effects. For example, by altering gastric and urinary pH, antacids can alter rates of drug dissolution and absorption, bioavailability, and renal elimination (Brunton, supra).
- Sixth, because the buffered omeprazole solutions of the prior art require prolonged administration of sodium bicarbonate, it makes it difficult for patients to comply with the regimens of the prior art. For example, Pilbrant et al. disclose an oral omeprazole administration protocol calling for the administration to a subject who has been fasting for at least ten hours, a solution of 8 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate in 50 ml of water. Five minutes later, the subject ingests a suspension of 60 mg of omeprazole in 50 ml of water that also contains 8 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate. This is rinsed down with another 50 ml of 8 mmoles sodium bicarbonate solution. Ten minutes after the ingestion of the omeprazole dose, the subject ingests 50 ml of bicarbonate solution (8 mmoles). This is repeated at twenty minutes and thirty minutes post omeprazole dosing to yield a total of 48 mmoles of sodium bicarbonate and 300 ml of water in total that are ingested by the subject for a single omeprazole dose. Not only does this regimen require the ingestion of excessive amounts of bicarbonate and water, which is likely to be dangerous to some patients, it is unlikely that even healthy patients would comply with this regimen.
- It is well documented that patients who are required to follow complex schedules for drug administration are non-compliant and, thus, the efficacy of the buffered omeprazole solutions of the prior art would be expected to be reduced due to non-compliance. Compliance has been found to be markedly reduced when patients are required to deviate from a schedule of one or two (usually morning and night) doses of a medication per day. The use of the prior art buffered omeprazole solutions which require administration protocols with numerous steps, different drugs (sodium bicarbonate+omeprazole+PEG 400 versus sodium bicarbonate alone), and specific time allotments between each stage of the total omeprazole regimen in order to achieve efficacious results is clearly in contrast with both current drug compliance theories and human nature.
- The prior art (Pilbrant et al., 1985) teaches that the buffered omeprazole suspension can be stored at refrigerator temperatures for a week and deep frozen for a year while still maintaining 99% of its initial potency. It would be desirable to have an omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitor solution or suspension that could be stored at room temperature or in a refrigerator for periods of time which exceed those of the prior art while still maintaining 99% of the initial potency. Additionally, it would be advantageous to have a form of the omeprazole and bicarbonate which can be utilized to instantly make the omeprazole solution/suspension of the present invention which is supplied in a solid form which imparts the advantages of improved shelf-life at room temperature, lower cost to produce, less expensive shipping costs, and which is less expensive to store.
- It would, therefore, be desirable to have a proton pump inhibitor formulation, which provides a cost-effective means for the treatment of the aforementioned conditions without the adverse effect profile of H2 receptor antagonists, antacids, and sucralfate. Further, it would be desirable to have a proton pump inhibitor formulation which is convenient to prepare and administer to patients unable to ingest solid dosage forms such as tablets or capsules, which is rapidly absorbed, and can be orally or enterally delivered as a liquid form or solid form. It is desirable that the liquid formulation not clog indwelling tubes, such as nasogastric tubes or other similar tubes, and which acts as an antacid immediately upon delivery.
- It would further be advantageous to have a potentiator or enhancer of the pharmacological activity of the PPIs. It has been theorized by applicant that the PPIs can only exert their effects on H+,K+-ATPase when the parietal cells are active. Accordingly, applicant has identified, as discussed below, parietal cell activators that are administered to synergistically enhance the activity of the PPIs.
- Additionally, the intravenous dosage forms of PPIs of the prior art are often administered in larger doses than the oral forms. For example, the typical adult IV dose of omeprazole is greater than 100 mg/day whereas the adult oral dose is 20 to 40 mg/day. Large IV doses are necessary to achieve the desired pharmacologic effect because, it is believed, many of the parietal cells are in a resting phase (mostly inactive) during an IV dose given to patients who are not taking oral substances by mouth (npo) and, therefore, there is little active (that which is inserted into the secretory canalicular membrane) H+,K+-ATPase to inhibit. Because of the clear disparity in the amount of drug necessary for IV versus oral doses, it would be very advantageous to have compositions and methods for IV administration where significantly less drug is required.
- The present invention relates to pharmaceutical preparations comprising substituted benzimidazole proton pump inhibitors.
- The foregoing advantages and objects are accomplished by the present invention. The present invention provides an oral solution/suspension comprising a proton pump inhibitor and at least one buffering agent. The PPI can be any substituted benzimidazole compound having H+,K+-ATPase inhibiting activity and being unstable to acid. The inventive composition can alternatively be formulated as a powder, tablet, suspension tablet, chewable tablet, capsule, two-part tablet or capsule, effervescent powder, effervescent tablet, pellets and granules. Such dosage forms are advantageously devoid of any enteric coating or delayed or sustained-release delivery mechanisms, and comprise a PPI and at least one buffering agent to protect the PPI against acid degradation. Both the liquid and dry dosage forms can further include anti-foaming agents, parietal cell activators and flavoring agents.
- In another embodiment, oral dosage forms are disclosed comprising a combination of enteric-coated or delayed-released PPI with an antacid(s). Such forms may optionally comprise non-enteric-coated PPI.
- Kits utilizing the inventive dry dosage forms are also disclosed herein to provide for the easy preparation of a liquid composition from the dry forms.
- In accordance with the present invention, there is further provided a method of treating gastric acid disorders by orally administering to a patient a pharmaceutical composition(s) and/or dosage form(s) disclosed herein.
- Additionally, the present invention relates to a method for enhancing the pharmacological activity of an intravenously administered proton pump inhibitor in which at least one parietal cell activator is orally administered to the patient before, during and/or after the intravenous administration of the proton pump inhibitor.
- Finally, the present invention relates to a method for optimizing the type and amount of buffer desirable for individual PPIs.
- Other advantages of the present invention will be readily appreciated as the same becomes better understood by reference to the following detailed description when considered in connection with the accompanying drawing wherein:
- FIG. 1 is a graph showing the effect of the omeprazole solution of the present invention on gastric pH in patients at risk for upper gastrointestinal bleeding from stress-related damage;
- FIG. 2 is a flow chart illustrating a patient enrollment scheme;
- FIG. 3 is a bar graph illustrating gastric pH both pre- and post-administration of omeprazole solution according to the present invention;
- FIG. 4 is a graph illustrating the stomach pH values after the oral administration of both ChocoBase plus lansoprazole and lansoprazole alone;
- FIG. 5 is a graph illustrating a pH probe confirmation of GERD;
- FIG. 6 is a graph illustrating an endoscopic confirmation of GERD;
- FIG. 7 is a graph illustrating the percentage of patients who had undergone any type of reflux therapy in the past;
- FIG. 8 is a graph illustrating the effectiveness of the Choco-
Base Formulation 1; and - FIG. 9 is a graph illustrating the environmental pH values after administration of the PPI/buffer formulation.
- In general, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a proton pump inhibitor and a buffering agent with or without one or more parietal cell activators, and which is not enteric coated, sustained or delayed-release. While the present invention may be embodied in many different forms, several specific embodiments are discussed herein with the understanding that the present disclosure is to be considered only as an exemplification of the principles of the invention, and it is not intended to limit the invention to the embodiments illustrated.
- For the purposes of this application, the term “proton pump inhibitor” (or “PPI”) shall mean any substituted benzimidazole possessing pharmacological activity as an inhibitor of H+,K+-ATPase, including, but not limited to, omeprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, esomeprazole, pariprazole, and leminoprazole. The definition of “PPI” also means that the active agents of the present invention may be administered, if desired, in the form of salts, esters, amides, enantiomers, isomers, tautomers, prodrugs, derivatives and the like, provided the salt, ester, amide, enantiomer, isomer, tautomer, prodrug, or derivative is suitable pharmacologically, that is, effective in the present methods, combinations and compositions. Salts, esters, amides, enantiomers, isomers, tautomers, prodrugs and other derivatives of the active agents may be prepared using standard procedures known to those skilled in the art of synthetic organic chemistry and described, for example, by J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry; Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, 4th Ed. (New York: Wiley-Interscience, 1992).
- The therapeutic agents of the present invention can be formulated as a single pharmaceutical composition or as independent multiple pharmaceutical dosage forms. Pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention include those suitable for oral, rectal, buccal (for example, sublingual), or parenteral (for example, intravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the nature and severity of the condition being treated and on the nature of the particular compound which is being used.
- As explained further herein, the PPIs generally inhibit ATPase in the same way. Differences in onset and relative potencies are largely due to differences in the acid instability of the parent compounds.
- The inventive composition comprises dry formulations, solutions and/or suspensions of the proton pump inhibitors. As used herein, the terms “suspension” and “solution” are interchangeable with each other and mean solutions and/or suspensions of the substituted benzimidazoles.
- After absorption of the PPI (or administration intravenously) the drug is delivered via the bloodstream to various tissues and cells of the body including the parietal cells. Not intending to be bound by any one theory, research suggests that when PPI is in the form of a weak base and is non-ionized, it freely passes through physiologic membranes, including the cellular membranes of the parietal cell. It is believed that the non-ionized PPI moves into the acid-secreting portion of the parietal cell, the secretory canaliculus. Once in the acidic milieu of the secretory canaliculus, the PPI is apparently protonated (ionized) and converted to the active form of the drug. Generally, ionized proton pump inhibitors are membrane impermeable and form disulfide covalent bonds with cysteine residues in the alpha subunit of the proton pump. Such active forms are included within the definition of “PPI” herein.
- The inventive pharmaceutical composition comprising a proton pump inhibitor such as omeprazole, lansoprazole or other proton pump inhibitor and derivatives thereof can be used for the treatment or prevention of gastrointestinal conditions including, but not limited to, active duodenal ulcers, gastric ulcers, dyspepsia, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), severe erosive esophagitis, poorly responsive symptomatic GERD, and pathological hypersecretory conditions such as Zollinger Ellison Syndrome. Treatment of these conditions is accomplished by administering to a patient an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention.
- The proton pump inhibitor is administered and dosed in accordance with good medical practice, taking into account the clinical condition of the individual patient, the site and method of administration, scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners. The term “effective amount” means, consistent with considerations known in the art, the amount of PPI or other agent effective to achieve a pharmacologic effect or therapeutic improvement without undue adverse side effects, including but not limited to, raising of gastric pH, reduced gastrointestinal bleeding, reduction in the need for blood transfusion, improved survival rate, more rapid recovery, parietal cell activation and H+,K+-ATPase inhibition or improvement or elimination of symptoms, and other indicators as are selected as appropriate measures by those skilled in the art.
- The dosage range of omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitors can range from less than approximately 2 mg/day to approximately 300 mg/day. For example, the standard approximate adult daily oral dosage is typically 20 mg of omeprazole, 30 mg lansoprazole, 40 mg pantoprazole, 20 mg rabeprazole, 20 mg esomeprazole, and the pharmacologically equivalent doses of pariprazole and leminoprazole.
- A pharmaceutical formulation of the proton pump inhibitors utilized in the present invention can be administered orally or enterally to the patient. This can be accomplished, for example, by administering the solution via a nasogastric (ng) tube or other indwelling tubes placed in the GI tract. In order to avoid the critical disadvantages associated with administering large amounts of sodium bicarbonate, the PPI solution of the present invention is administered in a single dose which does not require any further administration of bicarbonate, or other buffer following the administration of the PPI solution, nor does it require a large amount of bicarbonate or buffer in total. That is, unlike the prior art PPI solutions and administration protocols outlined above, the formulation of the present invention is given in a single dose, which does not require administration of bicarbonate either before or after administration of the PPI. The present invention eliminates the need to pre-or post-dose with additional volumes of water and sodium bicarbonate. The amount of bicarbonate administered via the single dose administration of the present invention is less than the amount of bicarbonate administered as taught in the prior art references cited above.
- As described in Phillips U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,737, the liquid oral pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing omeprazole enteric-coated granules (Prilosec® AstraZeneca), or omeprazole base, or other proton pump inhibitor or derivatives thereof with a solution including at least one buffering agent (with or without a parietal cell activator, as discussed below). In one embodiment, omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitor, which can be obtained from powder, capsules, and tablets or obtained from the solution for parenteral administration, is mixed with a sodium bicarbonate solution to achieve a desired final omeprazole (or other PPI) concentration. As an example, the concentration of omeprazole in the solution can range from approximately 0.4 mg/ml to approximately 10.0 mg/ml. The preferred concentration for the omeprazole in the solution ranges from approximately 1.0 mg/ml to approximately 4.0 mg/ml, with 2.0 mg/ml being the standard concentration. For lansoprazole (Prevacid® TAP Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) the concentration can range from about 0.3 mg/ml to 10 mg/ml with the preferred concentration being about 3 mg/ml.
- Although sodium bicarbonate is the preferred buffering agent to protect the PPIs against acid degradation, many other weak and strong bases (and mixtures thereof) can be utilized. For the purposes of this application, “buffering agent” or “buffer” shall mean any pharmaceutically appropriate weak base or strong base (and mixtures thereof) that, when formulated or delivered with (e.g., before, during and/or after) the PPI, functions to substantially prevent or inhibit the acid degradation of the PPI by gastric acid sufficient to preserve the bioavailability of the PPI administered. The buffering agent is administered in an amount sufficient to substantially achieve the above functionality. Therefore, the buffering agent of the present invention, when in the presence of gastric acid, must only elevate the pH of the stomach sufficiently to achieve adequate bioavailability of the drug to effect therapeutic action.
- Accordingly, examples of buffering agents include, but are not limited to, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium lactate, magnesium gluconate, other magnesium salts, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide/sodium bicarbonate coprecipitate, a mixture of an amino acid and a buffer, a mixture of aluminum glycinate and a buffer, a mixture of an acid salt of an amino acid and a buffer, and a mixture of an alkali salt of an amino acid and a buffer. Additional buffering agents include sodium citrate, sodium tartarate, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, sodium polyphosphate, potassium polyphosphate, sodium pyrophosphate, potassium pyrophosphate, disodium hydrogenphosphate, dipotassium hydrogenphosphate, trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate, sodium acetate, potassium metaphosphate, magnesium oxide magnesium hydroxide, magnesium carbonate, magnesium silicate, calcium acetate, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium cholride, calcium hydroxide, calcium lactate, calcium carbonate, calcium bicarbonate, and other calcium salts.
- The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier of the oral liquid may comprise a bicarbonate salt of Group IA metal as buffering agent, and can be prepared by mixing the bicarbonate salt of the Group IA metal, preferably sodium bicarbonate, with water. The concentration of the bicarbonate salt of the Group IA metal in the composition generally ranges from approximately 5.0 percent to approximately 60.0 percent. In one embodiment, the content of the bicarbonate salt of the Group IA metal ranges from about 3 mEq to about 45 mEq per oral dose.
- In another embodiment, the amount of sodium bicarbonate 8.4% used in the solution of the present invention is approximately 1 mEq (or mmole) sodium bicarbonate per 2 mg omeprazole, with a range of approximately 0.2 mEq (mmole) to 5 mEq (mmole) per 2 mg of omeprazole.
- In an embodiment of the present invention, enterically-coated omeprazole particles are obtained from delayed release capsules (Prilosec® AstraZeneca). Alternatively, omeprazole base powder can be used. The enterically coated omeprazole particles are mixed with a sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) solution (8.4%), which dissolves the enteric coating and forms an omeprazole solution.
- The inventive solutions and other dosage forms of the present invention have pharmacokinetic advantages over standard enteric-coated and time-released PPI dosage forms, including: (a) more rapid drug absorbance time (about 10 to 60 minutes) following administration for the PPI solution or dry form versus about 1 to 3 hours following administration for the enteric-coated pellets; (b) the buffer solution protects the PPI from acid degradation prior to absorption; (c) the buffer acts as an antacid while the PPI is being absorbed for rapid antacid relief; and (d) the solutions can be administered through an existing indwelling tube without clogging, for example, nasogastric or other feeding tubes (jejunal or duodenal), including small bore needle catheter feeding tubes.
- Solutions, suspensions and powders for reconstitutable delivery systems include vehicles such as suspending agents (for example, gums, xanthans, cellulosics and sugars), humectants (for example, sorbitol), solubilizers (for example, ethanol, water, PEG and propylene glycol), surfactants (for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, Spans, Tweens, and cetyl pyridine), preservatives and antioxidants (for example, parabens, vitamins E and C, and ascorbic acid), anti-caking agents, coating agents, and chelating agents (for example, EDTA).
- Additionally, various additives can be incorporated into the inventive solution to enhance its stability, sterility and isotonicity. Antimicrobial preservatives, such as ambicin, antioxidants, chelating agents, and additional buffers can be added. However, microbiological evidence shows that this formulation inherently possesses antimicrobial and antifungal activity. Various antibacterial and antifungal agents such as, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like can enhance prevention of the action of microorganisms.
- In many cases, it would be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Additionally, thickening agents such as methyl cellulose are desirable to use in order to reduce the settling of the omeprazole or other PPI or derivatives thereof from the suspension.
- The liquid oral solution may further comprise flavoring agents (e.g., chocolate, thalmantin, aspartame, root beer or watermelon) or other flavorings stable at
pH 7 to 9, anti-foaming agents (e.g., simethicone 80 mg, Mylicon®) and parietal cell activators (discussed below). - The present invention further includes a pharmaceutical composition comprising omeprazole or other proton pump inhibitor and derivatives thereof and at least one buffering agent in a form convenient for storage, whereby when the composition is placed into an aqueous solution, the composition dissolves and/or disperses yielding a suspension suitable for enteral administration to a subject. The pharmaceutical composition is in a solid form prior to dissolution or suspension in an aqueous solution. The omeprazole or other PPIs and buffering agent can be formed into a tablet, capsule, pellets or granules, by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
- The resultant omeprazole solution is stable at room temperature for several weeks and inhibits the growth of bacteria or fungi as shown in Example X below. Indeed, as established in Example XIII, the solution maintains greater than 90% of its potency for 12 months. By providing a pharmaceutical composition including omeprazole or other PPI with buffer in a solid form, which can be later dissolved or suspended in a prescribed amount of aqueous solution to yield the desired concentration of omeprazole and buffer, the cost of production, shipping, and storage are greatly reduced as no liquids are shipped (reducing weight and cost), and there is no need to refrigerate the solid form of the composition or the solution. Once mixed the resultant solution can then be used to provide dosages for a single patient over a course of time, or for several patients.
- As mentioned above, and as described in part in Phillips U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,737, the formulations of the present invention can also be manufactured in concentrated forms, such as powders, capsules, tablets, suspension tablets and effervescent tablets or powders, which can be swallowed whole or first dissolved such that upon reaction with water, gastric secretions or other diluent, the aqueous form of the present invention is produced.
- The present pharmaceutical tablets or other solid dosage forms disintegrate rapidly in aqueous media and form an aqueous solution of the PPI and buffering agent with minimal shaking or agitation. Such tablets utilize commonly available materials and achieve these and other desirable objectives. The tablets or other solid dosage forms of this invention provide for precise dosing of a PPI that may be of low solubility in water. They may be particularly useful for medicating children and the elderly and others in a way that is much more acceptable than swallowing or chewing a tablet. The tablets that are produced have low friability, making them easily transportable.
- The term “suspension tablets” as used herein refers to compressed tablets which rapidly disintegrate after they are placed in water, and are readily dispersible to form a suspension containing a precise dosage of the PPI. The suspension tablets of this invention comprise, in combination, a therapeutic amount of a PPI, a buffering agent, and a disintegrant. More particularly, the suspension tablets comprise about 20 mg omeprazole and about 4-30 mEq of sodium bicarbonate.
- Croscarmellose sodium is a known disintegrant for tablet formulations, and is available from FMC Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa. under the trademark Ac-Di-Sol®. It is frequently blended in compressed tableting formulations either alone or in combination with microcrystalline cellulose to achieve rapid disintegration of the tablet.
- Microcrystalline cellulose, alone or co processed with other ingredients, is also a common additive for compressed tablets and is well known for its ability to improve compressibility of difficult to compress tablet materials. It is commercially available under the Avicel® trademark. Two different Avicel®p roducts are utilized, Avicel® PH which is microcrystalline cellulose, and Avicel® AC-815, a co processed spray dried residue of microcrystalline cellulose and a calcium-sodium alginate complex in which the calcium to sodium ratio is in the range of about 0.40:1 to about 2.5:1. While AC-815 is comprised of 85% microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) and 15% of a calcium-sodium alginate complex, for purposes of the present invention this ratio may be varied from about 75% MCC to 25% alginate up to about 95% MCC to 5% alginate. Depending on the particular formulation and active ingredient, these two components may be present in approximately equal amounts or in unequal amounts, and either may comprise from about 10% to about 50% by weight of the tablet.
- The suspension tablet composition may, in addition to the ingredients described above, contain other ingredients often used in pharmaceutical tablets, including flavoring agents, sweetening agents, flow aids, lubricants or other common tablet adjuvants, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Other disintegrants, such as crospovidone and sodium starch glycolate may be employed, although croscarmellose sodium is preferred.
- In addition to the suspension tablet, the solid formulation of the present invention can be in the form of a powder, a tablet, a capsule, or other suitable solid dosage form (e.g., a pelleted form or an effervescing tablet, troche or powder), which creates the inventive solution in the presence of diluent or upon ingestion. For example, the water in the stomach secretions or water, which is used to swallow the solid dosage form, can serve as the aqueous diluent.
- Compressed tablets are solid dosage forms prepared by compacting a formulation containing an active ingredient and excipients selected to aid the processing and improve the properties of the product. The term “compressed tablet” generally refers to a plain, uncoated tablet for oral ingestion, prepared by a single compression or by pre-compaction tapping followed by a final compression.
- Dry oral formulations can contain excipients such as binders (for example, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, polyvinyl pyrilodone, other cellulosic materials and starch), diluents (for example, lactose and other sugars, starch, dicalcium phosphate and cellulosic materials), disintegrating agents (for example, starch polymers and cellulosic materials) and lubricating agents (for example, stearates and talc).
- Such solid forms can be manufactured as is well known in the art. Tablet forms can include, for example, one or more of lactose, mannitol, corn starch, potato starch, microcrystalline cellulose, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, talc, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and other excipients, colorants, diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives, flavoring agents, and pharmaceutically compatible carriers. The manufacturing processes may employ one, or a combination of, four established methods: (1) dry mixing; (2) direct compression; (3) milling; and (4) non-aqueous granulation. Lachman et al., The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy (1986). Such tablets mayalso comprise film coatings, which preferably dissolve upon oral ingestion or upon contact with diluent.
- Non-limiting examples of buffering agents which could be utilized in such tablets include sodium bicarbonate, alkali earth metal salts such as calcium carbonate, calcium hydroxide, calcium lactate, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium acetate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium silicate, magnesium aluminate, aluminum hydroxide or aluminum magnesium hydroxide. A particular alkali earth metal salt useful for making an antacid tablet is calcium carbonate.
- An example of a low density alkali earth metal salt useful for making the granules according to the present invention is extra light calcium carbonate available from Specialty Minerals Inc., Adams, Me. The density of the extra light calcium carbonate, prior to being processed according to the present invention, is about 0.37 g/ml. Other acceptable buffers are provided throughout this application.
- The granules used to make the tablets according to one embodiment of the present invention are made by either spray drying or pre-compacting the raw materials. Prior to being processed into granules by either process, the density of the alkali earth metal salts useful in the present invention ranges from about 0.3 g/ml to about 0.55 g/ml, preferably about 0.35 g/ml to about 0.45 g/ml, even more preferably about 0.37 g/ml to about 0.42 g/ml.
- Additionally, the present invention can be manufactured by utilizing micronized compounds in place of the granules or powder. Micronization is the process by which solid drug particles are reduced in size. Since the dissolution rate is directly proportional to the surface area of the solid, and reducing the particle size increases the surface area, reducing the particle size increases the dissolution rate. Although micronization results in increased surface area possibly causing particle aggregation, which can negate the benefit of micronization and is an expensive manufacturing step, it does have the significant benefit of increasing the dissolution rate of relatively water insoluble drugs, such as omeprazole and other proton pump inhibitors.
- The present invention also relates to administration kits to ease mixing and administration. A month's supply of powder or tablets, for example, can be packaged with a separate month's supply of diluent, and a re-usable plastic dosing cup. More specifically, the package could contain thirty (30) suspension tablets containing 20 mg omeprazole each, 1 L sodium bicarbonate 8.4% solution, and a 30 ml dose cup. The user places the tablet in the empty dose cup, fills it to the 30 ml mark with the sodium bicarbonate, waits for it to dissolve (gentle stirring or agitation may be used), and then ingests the suspension. One skilled in the art will appreciate that such kits may contain many different variations of the above components. For example, if the tablets or powder are compounded to contain PPI and buffering agent, the diluent may be water, sodium bicarbonate, or other compatible diluent, and the dose cup can be larger or smaller than 30 ml in size. Also, such kits can be packaged in unit dose form, or as weekly, monthly, or yearly kits, etc.
- Although the tablets of this invention are primarily intended as a suspension dosage form, the granulations used to form the tablet may also be used to form rapidly disintegrating chewable tablets, lozenges, troches, or swallowable tablets. Therefore, the intermediate formulations as well as the process for preparing them provide additional novel aspects of the present invention.
- Effervescent tablets and powders are also prepared in accordance with the present invention. Effervescent salts have been used to disperse medicines in water for oral administration. Effervescent salts are granules or coarse powders containing a medicinal agent in a dry mixture, usually composed of sodium bicarbonate, citric acid and tartaric acid. When the salts are added to water, the acids and the base react to liberate carbon dioxide gas, thereby causing “effervescence.”
- The choice of ingredients for effervescent granules depends both upon the requirements of the manufacturing process and the necessity of making a preparation which dissolves readily in water. The two required ingredients are at least one acid and at least one base. The base releases carbon dioxide upon reaction with the acid. Examples of such acids include, but are not limited to, tartaric acid and citric acid. Preferably, the acid is a combination of both tartaric acid and citric acid. Examples of bases include, but are not limited to, sodium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate and sodium bicarbonate. Preferably, the base is sodium bicarbonate, and the effervescent combination has a pH of about 6.0 or higher.
- Effervescent salts preferably include the following ingredients, which actually produce the effervescence: sodium bicarbonate, citric acid and tartaric acid. When added to water the acids and base react to liberate carbon dioxide, resulting in effervescence. It should be noted that any acid-base combination which results in the liberation of carbon dioxide could be used in place of the combination of sodium bicarbonate and citric and tartaric acids, as long as the ingredients were suitable for pharmaceutical use, and result in a pH of about 6.0 or higher.
- It should be noted that it requires 3 molecules of NaHCO3 to neutralize 1 molecule of citric acid and 2 molecules of NaHCO3 to neutralize 1 molecule of tartaric acid. It is desired that the approximate ratio of ingredients is as follows:Citric Acid:Tartaric Acid:Sodium Bicarbonate=1:2:3.44 (by weight). This ratio can be varied and continue to produce an effective release of carbon dioxide. For example, ratios of about 1:0:3 or 0:1:2 are also effective.
- The method of preparation of the effervescent granules of the present invention employs three basic processes: wet and dry granulation, and fusion. The fusion method is used for the preparation of most commercial effervescent powders. It should be noted that although these methods are intended for the preparation of granules, the formulations of effervescent salts of the present invention could also be prepared as tablets, according to well known prior art technology for tablet preparation.
- Wet granulation is the oldest method of granule preparation. The individual steps in the wet granulation process of tablet preparation include milling and sieving of the ingredients; dry powder mixing; wet massing; granulation; and final grinding.
- Dry granulation involves compressing a powder mixture into a rough tablet or “slug” on a heavy-duty rotary tablet press. The slugs are then broken up into granular particles by a grinding operation, usually by passage through an oscillation granulator. The individual steps include mixing of the powders; compressing (slugging); and grinding (slug reduction or granulation). No wet binder or moisture is involved in any of the steps.
- The fusion method is the most preferred method for preparing the granules of the present invention. In this method, the compressing (slugging) step of the dry granulation process is eliminated. Instead, the powders are heated in an oven or other suitable source of heat.
- Applicant has unexpectedly discovered that certain compounds, such as chocolate, calcium and sodium bicarbonate and other alkaline substances, stimulate the parietal cells and enhance the pharmacologic activity of the PPI administered. For the purposes of this application, “parietal cell activator” or “activator” shall mean any compound or mixture of compounds possessing such stimulatory effect including, but not limited to, chocolate, sodium bicarbonate, calcium (e.g., calcium carbonate, calcium gluconate, calcium hydroxide, calcium acetate and calcium glycerophosphate), peppermint oil, spearmint oil, coffee, tea and colas (even if decaffeinated), caffeine, theophylline, theobromine, and amino acids (particularly aromatic amino acids such as phenylalanine and tryptophan) and combinations thereof, and the salts thereof.
- Such parietal cell activators are administered in an amount sufficient to produce the desired stimulatory effect without causing untoward side effects to patients. For example, chocolate, as raw cocoa, is administered in an amount of about 5 mg to 2.5 g per 20 mg dose of omeprazole (or equivalent pharmacologic dose of other PPI). The dose of activator administered to a mammal, particularly a human, in the context of the present invention should be sufficient to effect a therapeutic response (i.e., enhanced effect of PPI) over a reasonable time frame. The dose will be determined by the strength of the particular compositions employed and the condition of the person, as well as the body weight of the person to be treated. The size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side effects that might accompany the administration of a particular composition.
- The approximate effective ranges for various parietal cell activators per 20 mg dose of omeprazole (or equivalent dose of other PPI) are:
- Chocolate (raw cocoa)—5 mg to 2.5 g
- Sodium bicarbonate—7 mEq to 25 mEq
- Calcium carbonate—1 mg to 1.5 g
- Calcium gluconate—1 mg to 1.5 g
- Calcium lactate—1 mg to 1.5 g
- Calcium hydroxide—1 mg to 1.5 g
- Calcium acetate—0.5 mg to 1.5 g
- Calcium glycerophosphate—0.5 mg to 1.5 g
- Peppermint oil—(powdered form) 1 mg to 1 g
- Spearmint oil—(powdered form) 1 mg to 1 g
- Coffee—20 ml to 240 ml
- Tea—20 ml to 240 ml
- Cola—20 ml to 240 ml
- Caffeine—0.5 mg to 1.5 g
- Theophylline—0.5 mg to 1.5 g
- Theobromine—0.5 mg to 1.5 g
- Phenylalanine—0.5 mg to 1.5 g
- Tryptophan—0.5 mg to 1.5 g
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are well-known to those who are skilled in the art. The choice of carrier will be determined, in part, both by the particular composition and by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there is a wide variety of suitable formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
- The present invention is further illustrated by the following formulations, which should not be construed as limiting in any way. The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of pharmacology and pharmaceutics, which are within the skill of the art.
- Fast Disintegrating Suspension Tablets of Omeprazole. A fast disintegrating tablet is compounded as follows: Croscarmellose sodium 300 g is added to the vortex of a rapidly stirred beaker containing 3.0 kg of deionized water. This slurry is mixed for 10 minutes. Omeprazole 90 g (powdered) is placed in the bowl of a Hobart mixer. After mixing, the slurry of croscarmellose sodium is added slowly to the omeprazole in the mixer bowl, forming a granulation, which is then placed in trays and dried at 70° C. for three hours. The dry granulation is then placed in a blender, and to it is added 1,500 g of Avicel® AC-815 (85% microcrystalline cellulose coprocessed with 15% of a calcium, sodium alginate complex) and 1,500 g of Avicel® PH-302 (microcrystalline cellulose). After this mixture is thoroughly blended, 35 g of magnesium stearate is added and mixed for 5 minutes. The resulting mixture is compressed into tablets on a standard tablet press (Hata HS). These tablets have an average weight of about 0.75 g, and contain about 20 mg omeprazole. These tablets have low friability and rapid disintegration time. This formulation may be dissolved in an aqueous solution containing a buffering agent for immediate oral administration.
- Alternatively, the suspension tablet may be swallowed whole with a solution of buffering agent. In both cases, the preferred solution is sodium bicarbonate 8.4%. As a further alternative, sodium bicarbonate powder (about 975 mg per 20 mg dose of omeprazole (or an equipotent amount of other PPI) is compounded directly into the tablet. Such tablets are then dissolved in water or sodium bicarbonate 8.4%, or swallowed whole with an aqueous diluent.
B1. 10 mg Tablet Formula. Omeprazole 10 mg (or lansoprazole or pantoprazole or other PPI in an equipotent amount) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 250 mg Aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 3 mg Mannitol 3 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 mg B2. 10 mg Tablet Formula. PPI: one of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 375 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 375 mg Aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pregelatinized starch 30 mg B3. 10 mg Tablet Formula. PPI: one of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarbonate 750 mg Aspartame sodium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pregelatinized starch 30 mg C1. 20 mg Tablet Formula. Omeprazole 20 mg (or lansoprazole or pantoprazole or other PPI in an equipotent amount) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 250 mg Aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Calcium hydroxide 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 3 mg Mannitol 3 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 mg C2. 20 mg Tablet Formula. PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 375 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 375 mg Aspartame calcium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pregelatinized starch 30 mg C3. 20 mg Tablet Formula. PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarbonate 750 mg Aspartame sodium (phenylalanine) 0.5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide 12 mg Corn starch 15 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Dextrose 10 mg Peppermint 3 mg Maltodextrin 20 mg Mannitol 30 mg Pregelatinized starch 30 mg D1. Tablet for Rapid Dissolution. Omeprazole 20 mg (or lansoprazole or pantoprazole or other PPI in an equipotent amount) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 500 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg D2. Tablet for Rapid Dissolution. PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Rabeprazole sodium 20 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 20 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 300 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 300 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg D3. Tablet for Rapid Dissolution. PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Rabeprazole sodium 20 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 20 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarbonate 700 mg Trisodium phosphate 100 mg dodecahydrate Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg E1. Powder for Reconstitution for Oral Use (or per ng tube). Omeprazole 20 mg (or lansoprazole or pantoprazole or other PPI in an equipotent amount) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 500 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 mg Glycerine 200 mg E2. Powder for Reconstitution for Oral Use (or per ng tube). PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Rabeprazole sodium 20 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 20 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 300 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 300 mg Calcium hydroxide 50 mg Glycerine 200 mg E3. Powder for Reconstitution for Oral Use (or per ng tube). PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 20 mg Lansoprazole 30 mg Pantoprazole 40 mg Rabeprazole sodium 20 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 20 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarbonate 850 mg Trisodium phosphate 50 mg F1. 10 mg Tablet Formula. Omeprazole 10 mg (or lansoprazole or pantoprazole or other PPI in an equipotent amount) Calcium lactate 175 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 175 mg Sodium bicarbonate 250 mg Polyethylene glycol 20 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Peppermint 3 mg Magnesium silicate 1 mg Magnesium stearate 1 mg F2. 10 mg Tablet Formula. PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 475 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 250 mg Polyethylene glycol 20 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Peppermint 3 mg Magnesium silicate 10 mg Magnesium stearate 10 mg F3. 10 mg Tablet Formula. PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarbonate 700 mg Polyethylene glycol 20 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Peppermint 3 mg Magnesium silicate 10 mg Magnesium stearate 10 mg G1. 10 mg Tablet Formula. Omeprazole 10 mg (or lansoprazole or pantoprazole or other PPI in an equipotent amount) Calcium lactate 200 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 200 mg Sodium bicarbonate 400 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 mg G2. 10 mg Tablet Formula. PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Calcium lactate 400 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 400 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 mg G3. 10 mg Tablet Formula. PPI: One of the following: Omeprazole 10 mg Lansoprazole 15 mg Pantoprazole sodium 20 mg Rabeprazole sodium 10 mg Esomeprazole magnesium 10 mg Other PPI in an equipotent amount Sodium bicarboante 750 mg Croscarmellose sodium 12 mg Pregelatinized starch 3 mg - All of the tablets and powders of this Example may be swallowed whole, chewed or mixed with an aqueous medium prior to administration.
- Standard Tablet of PPI and Buffering Agent: Ten (10) tablets were prepared using a standard tablet press, each tablet comprising about 20 mg omeprazole and about 975 mg sodium bicarbonate uniformly dispersed throughout the tablet. To test the disintegration rate of the tablets, each was added to 60 ml of water. Using previously prepared liquid omeprazole/sodium bicarbonate solution as a visual comparator, it was observed that each tablet was completely dispersed in under three (3) minutes.
- Another study using the tablets compounded according to this Example evaluated the bioactivity of the tablets in five (5) adult critical care patients. Each subject was administered one tablet via ng with a small amount of water, and the pH of ng aspirate was monitored using paper measure. The pH for each patient was evaluated for 6 hours and remained above 4, thus demonstrating the therapeutic benefit of the tablets in these patients.
- Tablets were also prepared by boring out the center of sodium bicarbonate USP 975 mg tablets with a knife. Most of the removed sodium bicarbonate powder was then triturated with the contents of a 20 mg Prilosec® capsule and the resulting mixture was then packed into the hole in the tablet and sealed with glycerin.
- PPI Central Core Tablet: Tablets are prepared in a two-step process. First, about 20 mg of omeprazole is formed into a tablet as is known in the art to be used as a central core. Second, about 975 mg sodium bicarbonate USP is used to uniformly surround the central core to form an outer protective cover of sodium bicarbonate. The central core and outer cover are both prepared using standard binders and other excipients to create a finished, pharmaceutically acceptable tablet. The tablets may be swallowed whole with a glass of water.
- Effervescent Tablets and Granules: The granules of one 20 mg Prilosec® capsule were emptied into a mortar and triturated with a pestle to a fine powder. The omeprazole powder was then geometrically diluted with about 958 mg sodium bicarbonate USP, about 832 mg citric acid USP and about 312 mg potassium carbonate USP to form a homogeneous mixture of effervescent omeprazole powder. This powder was then added to about 60 ml of water whereupon the powder reacted with the water to create effervescence. A bubbling solution resulted of omeprazole and principally the antacids sodium citrate and potassium citrate. The solution was then administered orally to one adult male subject and gastric pH was measured using pHydrion paper. The results were as follows:
Time Interval pH Measured Immediately prior to dose 2 1 hour post dose 7 2 hours post dose 6 4 hours post dose 6 6 hours post dose 5 8 hours post dose 4 - One skilled in the art of pharmaceutical compounding will appreciate that bulk powders can be manufactured using the above ratios of ingredients, and that the powder can be pressed into tablets using standard binders and excipients. Such tablets are then mixed with water to activate the effervescent agents and create the desired solution. In addition, lansoprazole 30 mg (or an equipotent dose of other PPI) can be substituted for omeprazole.
- The effervescent powder and tablets can alternatively be formulated by employing the above mixture but adding an additional 200 mg of sodium bicarbonate USP to create a resulting solution with a higher pH. Further, instead of the excess 200 mg of sodium bicarbonate, 100 mg of calcium glycerophosphate or 100 mg of calcium lactate can be employed. Combinations of the same can also added.
- Parietal Cell Activator “Choco-Base™” Formulations and Efficacy: Children are affected by gastro esophageal reflux disease (GERD) with a typical manifestations. Many of these a typical symptoms are difficult to control with traditional drugs such as H2-antagonists, cisapride, or sucralfate. PPIs are more effective in controlling gastric pH and the symptoms of GERD than other agents. However, PPIs are not available in dosage forms that are easy to administer to young children. To address this problem, applicant employed omeprazole or lansoprazole in a buffered chocolate suspension (Choco-Base), in children with manifestations of GERD.
- Applicant performed a retrospective evaluation of children with GERD referred to the University of Missouri-Columbia from 1995 to 1998 who received treatment with the experimental omeprazole or lansoprazole Choco-Base suspension formulated in accordance with
Formulation 1 stated below. Data were included on all patients with follow up information sufficient to draw conclusions about pre/post treatment (usually >6 months). There were 25 patients who met the criteria for this evaluation. Age range was several weeks to greater than 5 years. Most patients had a history of numerous unsuccessful attempts at ameliorating the effects of GERD. Medication histories indicated many trials of various drugs. - The primary investigator reviewed all charts for uniformity of data collection. When insufficient data was available in the University charts, attempts were made to review charts in the local primary care physicians” offices for follow-up data. If information was still unavailable to review, attempts were made to contact family for follow-up. If data were still unavailable the patients were considered inevaluable.
- Patient charts were reviewed in detail. Data noted were date of commencement of therapy, date of termination of therapy and any reason for termination other than response to treatment. Patient demographics were also recorded, as were any other medical illnesses. Medical illnesses were divided grossly into those that are associated with or exacerbate GERD and those that do not.
- Patient charts were examined for evidence of response to therapy. As this was largely a referral population, and a retrospective review, quantification of symptomatology based on scores, office visits and ED visits was difficult. Therefore, applicant examined charts for evidence of an overall change in patient symptoms. Any data to point towards improvement, decline or lack of change were examined and recorded.
- Results. A total of 33 pediatric patients to date have been treated with the above-described suspension at the University of Missouri—Columbia. Of the 33 patients, 9 were excluded from the study, all based upon insufficient data about commencement, duration or outcome in treatment with PPI therapy. This left 24 patients with enough data to draw conclusions.
- Of the 24 remaining patients, 18 were males and 6 females. Ages at implementation of PPI therapy ranged from 2 weeks of age to 9 years old. Median age at start of therapy was 26.5 months [mean of 37 mo.]. Early on, reflux was usually documented by endoscopy and confirmed by pH probe. Eventually, pH probe was dropped and endoscopy was the sole method for documenting reflux, usually at the time of another surgery (most often T-tubes or adenoidectomy). Seven patients had pH probe confirmation of GERD, whereas 18 had endoscopic confirmation of reflux including all eight who had pH probing done (See FIGS. 5 and 6). Reflux was diagnosed on endoscopy most commonly by cobblestoning of the tracheal wall, with laryngeal and pharyngeal cobblestoning as findings in a few patients. Six patients had neither pH nor endoscopic documentation of GERD, but were tried on PPI therapy based on symptomatology alone.
- Past medical history was identified in each chart. Ten patients had reflux-associated diagnoses. These were most commonly cerebral palsy, prematurity and Pierre Robin sequence. Other diagnoses were Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, Velocardiofacial syndrome, Down syndrome and De George's syndrome. Non-reflux medical history was also identified and recorded separately (See Table 2 below).
- Patients were, in general, referral patients from local family practice clinics, pediatricians, or other pediatric health care professionals. Most patients were referred to ENT for upper airway problems, sinusitis, or recurrent/chronic otitis media that had been refractory to medical therapy as reported by the primary care physician. Symptoms and signs most commonly found in these patients were recorded and tallied. All signs and symptoms were broken down into six major categories: (1) nasal; (2) otologic; (3) respiratory; (4) gastrointestinal; (5) sleep-related; and (6) other. The most common problems fell into one or all of the first 3 categories (See Table 1 below).
- Most patients had been treated in the past with medical therapy in the form of antibiotics, steroids, asthma medications and other diagnosis-appropriate therapies. In addition, nine of the patients had been on reflux therapy in the past, most commonly in the form of conservative therapy such as head of
bed elevation 30°, avoidance of evening snacks, avoidance of caffeinated beverages as well as cisapride and ranitidine (See FIG. 7). - The proton pump inhibitor suspension used in this group of patients was Choco-Base suspension of either lansoprazole or omeprazole. The dosing was very uniform, with patients receiving doses of either 10 or 20 mg of omeprazole and 23 mg of lansoprazole. Initially, in April of 1996 when therapy was first instituted 10 mg of omeprazole was used. There were 3 patients in this early phase who were treated initially with 10 mg po qd of omeprazole. All three subsequently were increased to either 20 mg po qd of omeprazole or 23 mg po qd of lansoprazole. All remaining patients were given either the 20 mg omeprazole or the 23 mg lansoprazole treatment qd, except in one case, where 30 mg of lansoprazole was used. Patients were instructed to take their doses once per day, preferably at night in most cases. Suspensions were all filled through the University of Missouri Pharmacy at Green Meadows. This allowed for tracking of usage through refill data.
- Most patients responded favorably to and tolerated the once daily dosing of Choco-Base proton pump inhibitor suspension. Two patients had documented adverse effects associated with the use of the PPI suspension. In one patient, the mother reported increased burping up and dyspepsia, which was thought to be related to treatment failure. The other patient had small amounts of bloody stools per mother. This patient never had his stool tested, as his bloody stool promptly resolved upon cessation of therapy, with no further sequellae. The other 23 patients had no documented adverse effects.
- Patients were categorized based on review of clinic notes and chart review into general categories: (1) improved; (2) unchanged; (3) failed; and (4) inconclusive. Of 24 patients with sufficient data for follow up, 18 showed improvement in symptomatology upon commencement of PPI therapy [72%]. The seven who did not respond were analyzed and grouped. Three showed no change in symptomatology and clinical findings while on therapy, one complained of worsening symptoms while on therapy, one patient had therapy as prophylaxis for surgery, and two stopped therapy just after its commencement (see FIG. 8). Setting aside the cases in which therapy was stopped before conclusions could be drawn and the case in which PPI therapy was for purely prophylactic reasons, leaves (17/21) 81% of patients that responded to Choco-Base suspension. This means that 19% (4/21) of patients received no apparent benefit from PPI therapy. Of all these patients, only 4% complained of worsening symptoms and the side effects were 4% (1/21) and were mild bloody stool that completely resolved upon cessation of therapy.
- Discussion. GERD in the pediatric population is relatively common, affecting almost 50% of newborns. Even though most infants outgrow physiologic reflux, pathologic reflux still affects approximately 5% of all children throughout childhood. Recently considerable data has pointed to reflux as an etiologic factor in extra-esophageal areas. GERD has been attributed to sinusitis, dental caries, otitis media, asthma, apnea, arousal, pneumonia, bronchitis, and cough, among others. Despite the common nature of reflux, there seems to have been little improvement in therapy for reflux, especially in the non-surgical arena.
- The standard of therapy for the treatment of GERD in the pediatric population has become a progression from conservative therapy to a combination of a pro-kinetic agent and H-2 blocker therapy. Nonetheless, many patients fail this treatment protocol and become surgical candidates. In adults, PPI therapy is effective in 90% of those treated for gastroesophageal reflux disease. As a medical alternative to the H-2 blockers, the proton pump inhibitors have not been studied extensively in the pediatric population. Part of the reason for this lack of data may be related to the absence of a suitable dosage formulation for this very young population, primarily under 2 years of age, that does not swallow capsules or tablets. It would be desirable to have a true liquid formulation (solution or suspension) with good palatability such as is used for oral antibiotics, decongestants, antihistamines, H-2 blockers, cisapride, metoclopramide, etc. The use of lansoprazole granules (removed from the gelatin capule) and sprinkled on applesauce has been approved by the Food and Drug Administration as an alternative method of drug administration in adults but not in children. Published data are lacking on the efficacy of the lansoprazole sprinkle method in children. Omeprazole has been studied for bioequivalence as a sprinkle in adults and appears to produce comparable serum concentrations when compared to the standard capsule. Again no data are available on the omeprazole sprinkle in children. An additional disadvantage of omeprazole is its taste which is quinine-like. Even when suspended in juice, applesauce or the like, the bitter nature of the medicine is easily tasted even if one granule is chewed. For this reason applicant eventually progressed to use lansoprazole in Choco-Base. Pantoprazole and rabeprazole are available as enteric-coated tablets only. Currently, none of the proton pump inhibitors available in the United States are approved for pediatric use. There is some controversy as to what the appropriate dosage should be in this group of patients. A recent review by Israel D., et al. suggests that effective PPI dosages should be higher than that originally reported, i.e., from 0.7 mg/kg to 2 or 3 mg/kg omeprazole. Since toxicity with the PPIs is not seen even at >50 mg/kg, there appears little risk associated with the higher dosages. Based on observations at the University of Missouri consistent with the findings of this review, applicant established a simple fixed dosage regimen of 10 ml Choco-Base suspension daily. This 10 ml dose provided 20 mg omeprazole or 23 mg lansoprazole.
- In the ICU setting, the University of Missouri-Columbia has been using an unflavored PPI suspension given once daily per various tubes (nasogastric, g-tube, jejunal feeding tube, duo tube, etc.) for stress ulcer prophylaxis. It seemed only logical that if this therapy could be made into a palatable form, it would have many ideal drug characteristics for the pediatric population. First, it would be liquid, and therefore could be administered at earlier ages. Second, if made flavorful it could help to reduce noncompliance. Third, it could afford once daily dosing, also helping in reducing noncompliance. In the process, applicant discovered that the dosing could be standardized, which nearly eliminated dosing complexity.
- Choco-Base is a product which protects drugs which are acid labile, such as proton pump inhibitors, from acid degradation. The first few pediatric patients with reflux prescribed Choco-Base were sicker patients. They had been on prior therapy and had been diagnosed both by pH probe and endoscopy. In the first few months, applicant treated patients with 10 mg of omeprazole qd (1 mg/kg) and found this to be somewhat ineffective, and quickly increased the dosing to 20 mg (2 mg/kg) of omeprazole. About halfway through the study, applicant began using lansoprazole 23 mg po qd. Applicant's standard therapy was then either 20 mg of omeprazole or 23 mg of lansoprazole once daily. The extra 3 mg of lansoprazole is related only to the fact that the final concentration was 2.25 mg/ml, and applicant desired to keep dosing simple, so he used a 10 ml suspension.
- The patients that were treated represented a tertiary care center population, and they were inherently sicker and refractory to medical therapy in the past. The overall 72% success rate is slightly lower than the 90% success rates of PPIs in the adult population, but this can be attributed to the refractory nature of their illness, most having failed prior non-PPI treatment. The population in this study is not indicative of general practice populations.
- Conclusion. PPI therapy is a beneficial therapeutic option in the treatment of reflux related symptoms in the pediatric population. Its once daily dosing and standard dosing scheme combined with a palatable formulation makes it an ideal pharmacologic agent.
TABLE 1 Symptoms Patient Numbers Nasal: 35 Sinusitis 7 Congestion 8 Nasal discharge 16 Other 4 Otologic: 26 Otitis Media 17 Otorrhea 9 Respiratory: 34 Cough 10 Wheeze 11 Respiratory Distress: 5 Pneumonia 2 Other 6 Gastrointestinal: 10 Abdominal Pain 1 Reflux/ Vomiting 4 Other 4 Sleep Disturbances: 11 Other 2 -
TABLE 2 Reflux Associated: 12 Premature 5 Pierre- Robin 2 Cerebral Palsy 2 Down Syndrome 1 Charcot-Marie- Tooth 1 Velocardiofacial Syndrome 1 Other Medical History 12 Cleft Palate 3 Asthma 3 Autism 2 Seizure Disorder 1 Diabetes Mellitus 1 Subglottic Stenosis 1 Tracheostomy Dependent 1 - The Choco-Base product is formulated as follows:
FORMULATION 1PART A INGREDIENTS AMOUNT (mg) Omeprazole 200 Sucrose 26000 Sodium Bicarbonate 9400 Cocoa 1800 Corn Syrup Solids 6000 Sodium Caseinate 1000 Soy Lecithin 150 Sodium Chloride 35 Tricalcium Phosphate 20 Dipotassium Phosphate 12 Silicon Dioxide 5 Sodium Stearoyl Lactylate 5 PART B INGREDIENTS AMOUNT (ml) Distilled Water 100 COMPOUNDING INSTRUCTIONS Add Part B to Part A to create a total volume of approximately 130 ml with an omeprazole concentration of about 1.5 mg/ml. -
FORMULATION 2PART A INGREDIENTS (mg) AMOUNT (mg) Sucrose 26000 Cocoa 1800 Corn Syrup Solids 6000 Sodium Caseinate 1000 Soy Lecithin 150 Sodium Chloride 35 Tricalcium Phosphate 20 Dipotassium Phosphate 12 Silicon Dioxide 5 Sodium Stearoyl Lactylate 5 PART B INGREDIENTS AMOUNT Distilled Water 100 ml Sodium Bicarbonate 8400 mg Omeprazole 200 mg COMPOUNDING INSTRUCTIONS Mix the constituents of Part B together thoroughly and then add to Part A. This results in a total volume of approximately 130 ml with an omeprazole concentration of about 1.5 mg/ml. -
FORMULATION 3PART A INGREDIENTS (mg) AMOUNT (mg) Sucrose 26000 Sodium Bicarbonate 9400 Cocoa 1800 Corn Syrup Solids 6000 Sodium Caseinate 1000 Soy Lecithin 150 Sodium Chloride 35 Tricalcium Phosphate 20 Dipotassium Phosphate 12 Silicon Dioxide 5 Sodium Stearoyl Lactylate 5 PART B INGREDIENTS AMOUNT Distilled Water 100 ml Omeprazole 200 mg COMPOUNDING INSTRUCTIONS This formulation is reconstituted at the time of use by a pharmacist. Part B is mixed first and is then uniformly mixed with the components of Part A. A final volume of about 130 ml is created having an omeprazole concentration of about 1.5 mg/ml. -
FORMULATION 4PART A INGREDIENTS (mg) AMOUNT (mg) Sucrose 26000 Cocoa 1800 Corn Syrup Solids 6000 Sodium Caseinate 1000 Soy Lecithin 150 Sodium Chloride 35 Tricalcium Phosphate 20 Dipotassium Phosphate 12 Silicon Dioxide 5 Sodium Stearoyl Lactylate 5 PART B INGREDIENTS AMOUNT Distilled Water 100 ml Sodium Bicarbonate 8400 mg Omeprazole 200 mg COMPOUNDING INSTRUCTIONS This formulation is reconstituted at the time of use by a pharmacist. Part B is mixed first and is then uniformly mixed with the components of Part A. A final volume of about 130 ml is created having an omeprazole concentration of about 1.5 mg/ml. - In all four of the above formulations, lansoprazole or other PPI can be substituted for omeprazole in equipotent amounts. For example, 300 mg of lansoprazole may be substituted for the 200 mg of omeprazole. Additionally, aspartame can be substituted for sucrose, and the following other ingredients can be employed as carriers, adjuvants and excipients: maltodextrin, vanilla, carrageenan, mono and diglycerides, and lactated monoglycerides. One skilled in the art will appreciate that not all of the ingredients are necessary to create a Choco-Base formulation that is safe and effective.
- Omeprazole powder or enteric-coated granules can be used in each formulation. If the enteric-coated granules are used, the coating is either dissolved by the aqueous diluent or inactivated by trituration in the compounding process.
- Applicant additionally analyzed the effects of a lansoprazole Choco-Base formulation on gastric pH using a pH meter (Fisher Scientific) in one adult patient versus lansoprazole alone. The patient was first given a 30 mg oral capsule of lansoprazole (Prevacid®), and the patient's gastric pH was measured at 0, 4, 8, 12, and 16 hours post dose. The results are illustrated in FIG. 4.
- The ChocoBase product was compounded according to
Formulation 1 above, except 300 mg of lansoprazole was used instead of omeprazole. A dose of 30 mg lansoprazole Choco-Base was orally administered at hour 18 post lansoprazole alone. Gastric pH was measured using a pH meter athours - FIG. 4 illustrates the lansoprazole/cocoa combination resulted in higher pHs at hours 19-56 than lansoprazole alone at hours 4-18. Therefore, the combination of the lansoprazole with chocolate enhanced the pharmacologic activity of the lansoprazole. The results establish that the sodium bicarbonate as well as chocolate flavoring and calcium were all able to stimulate the activation of the proton pumps, perhaps due to the release of gastrin. Proton pump inhibitors work by functionally inhibiting the proton pump and effectively block activated proton pumps (primarily those inserted into the secretory canalicular membrane). By further administering the proton pump inhibitor with one of these activators or enhancers, there is a synchronization of activation of the proton pump with the absorption and subsequent parietal cell concentrations of the proton pump inhibitor. As illustrated in FIG. 4, this combination produced a much longer pharmacologic effect than when the proton pump inhibitor was administered alone.
- Combination Tablet Delivering Bolus And Time-Released Doses of PPI: Tablets were compounded using known methods by forming an inner core of 10 mg omeprazole powder mixed with 750 mg sodium bicarbonate, and an outer core of 10 mg omeprazole enteric-coated granules mixed with known binders and excipients. Upon ingestion of the whole tablet, the tablet dissolves and the inner core is dispersed in the stomach where it is absorbed for immediate therapeutic effect. The enteric-coated granules are later absorbed in the duodenum to provide symptomatic relief later in the dosing cycle. This tablet is particularly useful in patients who experience breakthrough gastritis between conventional doses, such as while sleeping or in the early morning hours.
- Therapeutic Application: Patients were evaluable if they met the following criteria: had two or more risk factors for SRMD (mechanical ventilation, head injury, severe burn, sepsis, multiple trauma, adult respiratory distress syndrome, major surgery, acute renal failure, multiple operative procedures, coagulotherapy, significant hypertension, acid-base disorder, and hepatic failure), gastric pH of <4 prior to study entry, and no concomitant prophylaxis for SRMD.
- The omeprazole solution was prepared by mixing 10 ml of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate with the contents of a 20 mg capsule of omeprazole (Merck & Co. Inc., West Point, Pa.) to yield a solution having a final omeprazole concentration of 2 mg/ml.
- Nasogastric (ng) tubes were placed in the patients and an omeprazole dosage protocol of buffered 40 mg omeprazole solution (2 mg omeprazole/1 ml NaHCO3 8.4%) followed by 40 mg of the same buffered omeprazole solution in eight hours, then 20 mg of the same buffered omeprazole solution per day, for five days. After each buffered omeprazole solution administration, nasogastric suction was turned off for thirty minutes.
- Eleven patients were evaluable. All patients were mechanically ventilated. Two hours after the initial 40 mg dose of buffered omeprazole solution, all patients had an increase in gastric pH to greater than eight as shown in FIG. 1. Ten of the eleven patients maintained a gastric pH of greater than or equal to four when administered 20 mg omeprazole solution. One patient required 40 mg omeprazole solution per day (closed head injury, five total risk factors for SRMD). Two patients were changed to omeprazole solution after having developed clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding while receiving conventional intravenous H2-antagonists. Bleeding subsided in both cases after twenty-four hours. Clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding did not occur in the other nine patients. Overall mortality was 27%, mortality attributable to upper gastrointestinal bleeding was 0%. Pneumonia developed in one patient after initiating omeprazole therapy and was present upon the initiation of omeprazole therapy in another patient. The mean length of prophylaxis was five days.
- A pharmacoeconomic analysis revealed a difference in the total cost of care for the prophylaxis of SRMD: ranitidine (Zantac®) continuous infusion intravenously (150 mg/24 hours)×five days $125.50; cimetidine (Tagamet®) continuous infusion intravenously (900 mg/24 hours)×five days $109.61; sucralfate one g slurry four times a day per (ng) tube×five days $73.00; and buffered omeprazole solution regimen per (ng) tube×five days $65.70.
- This example illustrates the efficacy of the buffered omeprazole solution of the present invention based on the increase in gastric pH, safety and cost of the buffered omeprazole solution as a method for SRMD prophylaxis.
- Effect on pH: Experiments were carried out in order to determine the effect of the omeprazole solution (2 mg omeprazole/1 ml NaHCO3 8.4%) administration on the accuracy of subsequent pH measurements through a nasogastric tube.
- After preparing a total of 40 mg of buffered omeprazole solution, in the manner of Example VII, doses were administered into the stomach, usually through a nasogastric (ng) tube. Nasogastric tubes from nine different institutions were gathered for an evaluation. Artificial gastric fluid (gf) was prepared according to the USP. pH recordings were made in triplicate using a Microcomputer Portable pH meter model 6007 (Jenco Electronics Ltd., Taipei, Taiwan).
- First, the terminal portion (tp) of the nasogastric tubes was placed into a glass beaker containing the gastric fluid. A 5 ml aliquot of gastric fluid was aspirated through each tube and the pH recorded; this was called the “pre-omeprazole solution/suspension measurement.” Second, the terminal portion (tp) of each of the nasogastric tubes was removed from the beaker of gastric fluid and placed into an empty beaker. Twenty (20) mg of omeprazole solution was delivered through each of the nasogastric tubes and flushed with 10 ml of tap water. The terminal portion (tp) of each of the nasogastric tubes was placed back into the gastric fluid. After a one hour incubation, a 5 ml aliquot of gastric fluid was aspirated through each nasogastric tube and the pH recorded; this was called the “after first dose SOS [Simplified Omeprazole Solution] measurement.” Third, after an additional hour had passed, the second step was repeated; this was called the “after second dose SOS [Simplified Omeprazole Solution] measurement.” In addition to the pre-omeprazole measurement, the pH of the gastric fluid was checked in triplicate after the second and third steps. A change in the pH measurements of +/−0.3 units was considered significant. The Friedman test was used to compare the results. The Friedman test is a two way analysis of variance which is used when more than two related samples are of interest, as in repeated measurements.
- The results of these experiments are outlined in Table 3.
TABLE 3 ng1 ng2 ng3 ng4 ng5 ng6 ng7 ng8 ng9 [1] gf 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Pre SOS [2] gf p 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1st dose 1.3┌ check of gf pH [3] gf p 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.3 2nd Dose 1.3┌ check of gf pH - Table 3 illustrates the results of the pH measurements that were taken during the course of the experiment. These results illustrate that there were no statistically significant latent effects of omeprazole solution administration (per nasogastric tube) on the accuracy of subsequent pH measurements obtained through the same nasogastric tube.
- Efficacy of Buffered Omeprazole Solution in Ventilated Patients: Experiments were performed in order to determine the efficacy, safety, and cost of buffered omeprazole solution in mechanically ventilated critically ill patients who have at least one additional risk factor for stress-related mucosal damage.
- Patients: Seventy-five adult, mechanically ventilated patients with at least one additional risk factor for stress-related mucosal damage.
- Interventions: Patients received 20 ml omeprazole solution (prepared as per Example VII and containing 40 mg of omeprazole) initially, followed by a second 20 ml dose six to eight hours later, then 10 ml (20 mg) daily. Omeprazole solution according to the present invention was administered through a nasogastric tube, followed by 5-10 ml of tap water. The nasogastric tube was clamped for one to two hours after each administration.
- Measurements and Main Results: The primary outcome measure was clinically significant gastrointestinal bleeding determined by endoscopic evaluation, nasogastric aspirate examination, or heme-positive coffee ground material that did not clear with lavage and was associated with a five percent decrease in hematocrit. Secondary efficacy measures were gastric pH measured four hours after omeprazole was first administered, mean gastric pH after omeprazole was started, and the lowest gastric pH during omeprazole therapy. Safety-related outcomes included the incidence of adverse events and the incidence of pneumonia. No patient experienced clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding after receiving omeprazole suspension. The four-hour post omeprazole gastric pH was 7.1 (mean), the mean gastric pH after starting omeprazole was 6.8 (mean) and the lowest pH after starting omeprazole was 5.6 (mean). The incidence of pneumonia was twelve percent. No patient in this high-risk population experienced an adverse event or a drug interaction that was attributable to omeprazole.
- Conclusions: Omeprazole solution prevented clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding and maintained gastric pH above 5.5 in mechanically ventilated critical care patients without producing toxicity.
- Materials and Methods: The study protocol was approved by the Institutional Review Board for the University of Missouri at Columbia.
- Study Population: All adult (>18 years old) patients admitted to the surgical intensive care and burn unit at the University of Missouri Hospital with an intact stomach, a nasogastric tube in place, and an anticipated intensive care unit stay of at least forty-eight hours were considered for inclusion in the study. To be included patients also had to have a gastric pH of <4, had to be mechanically ventilated and have one of the following additional risk factors for a minimum of twenty-four hours after initiation of omeprazole suspension: head injury with altered level of consciousness, extensive burns (>20% Body Surface Area), acute renal failure, acid-base disorder, multiple trauma, coagulopathy, multiple operative procedures, coma, hypotension for longer than one hour or sepsis (see Table 4). Sepsis was defined as the presence of invasive pathogenic organisms or their toxins in blood or tissues resulting in a systematic response that included two or more of the following: temperature greater than 38° C. or less than 36° C., heart rate greater than 90 beats/minute, respiratory rate greater than 20 breaths/minute (or pO2 less than 75 mm Hg), and white blood cell count greater than 12,000 or less than 4,000 cells/mm3 or more than 10 percent bands (Bone, Let's Agree on Terminology: Definitions of Sepsis, Crit. Care Med., 19: 27 (1991)). Patients in whom H2-antagonist therapy had failed or who experienced an adverse event while receiving H2-antagonist therapy were also included.
- Patients were excluded from the study if they were receiving azole antifungal agents through the nasogastric tube; were likely to swallow blood (e.g., facial and/or sinus fractures, oral lacerations); had severe thrombocytopenia (platelet count less than 30,000 cells/mm3); were receiving enteral feedings through the nasogastric tube; or had a history of vagotomy, pyloroplasty, or gastroplasty. In addition, patients with a gastric pH above four for forty-eight hours after ICU admission (without prophylaxis) were not eligible for participation. Patients who developed bleeding within the digestive tract that was not stress-related mucosal damage (e.g., endoscopically verified variceal bleeding or Mallory-Weiss tears, oral lesions, nasal tears due to placement of the nasogastric tube) were excluded from the efficacy evaluation and categorized as having non-stress-related mucosal bleeding. The reason for this exclusion is the confounding effect of non-stress-related mucosal bleeding on efficacy-related outcomes, such as the use of nasogastric aspirate inspection to define clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding.
- Study Drug Administration: Omeprazole-solution-was prepared immediately before administration by the patient's nurse using the following instructions: empty the contents of one or two 20 mg omeprazole capsule(s) into an empty 10 ml syringe (with 20 gauge needle in place) from which the plunger has been removed. (Omeprazole delayed-release capsules, Merck & Co., Inc., West Point, Pa.); replace the plunger and uncap the needle; withdraw 10 ml of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate solution or 20 ml if 40 mg given (Abbott Laboratories, North Chicago, Ill.), to create a concentration of 2 mg omeprazole per ml of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate; and allow the enteric coated pellets of omeprazole to completely breakdown, ≈30 minutes (agitation is helpful). The omeprazole in the resultant preparation is partially dissolved and partially suspended. The preparation should have a milky white appearance with fine sediment and should be shaken before administration. The solution was not administered with acidic substances. A high-pressure liquid chromatography study was performed that demonstrated that this preparation of simplified omeprazole suspension maintains >90% potency for seven days at room temperature. This preparation remained free of bacterial and fungal contamination for thirty days when stored at room temperature (See Table 7).
- The initial dose of omeprazole solution was 40 mg, followed by a second 40 mg dose six to eight hours later, then a 20 mg daily dose administered at 8:00 AM. Each dose was administered through the nasogastric tube. The nasogastric tube was then flushed with 5-10 ml of tap water and clamped for at least one hour. Omeprazole therapy was continued until there was no longer a need for stress ulcer prophylaxis (usually after the nasogastric tube was removed and the patient was taking water/food by mouth, or after the patient was removed from mechanical ventilation).
- Primary Outcome Measures: The primary outcome measure in this study was the rate of clinically significant stress related mucosal bleeding defined as endoscopic evidence of stress-related mucosal bleeding or bright red blood per nasogastric tube that did not clear after a 5-minute lavage or persistent Gastroccult (SmithKline Diagnostics, Sunnyville, Calif.) positive coffee ground material for four consecutive hours that did not clear with lavage (at least 100 ml) and produced a 5% decrease in hematocrit.
- Secondary Outcome Measures: The secondary efficacy measures were gastric pH measured four hours after omeprazole was administered, mean gastric pH after starting omeprazole and lowest gastric pH during omeprazole administration. Gastric pH was measured immediately after aspirating gastric contents through the nasogastric tube. pH paper (pHydrion improved pH papers, Microessential Laboratory, Brooklyn, N.Y.) was used to measure gastric aspirate pH. The pH range of the test strips was 1 to 11, in increments of one pH unit. Gastric pH was measured before the initiation of omeprazole solution therapy, immediately before each dose, and every four hours between doses.
- Other secondary outcome measures were incidence of adverse events (including drug interactions) and pneumonia. Any adverse event that developed during the study was recorded. Pneumonia was defined using indicators adapted from the Centers for Disease Prevention and Control definition of nosocomial pneumonia (Garner et al., 1988). According to these criteria, a patient who has pneumonia is one who has rales or dullness to percussion on physical examination of the chest or has a chest radiograph that shows new or progressive infiltrate(s), consolidation, cavitation, or pleural effusion and has at least two of the following present: new purulent sputum or changes in character of the sputum, an organism isolated from blood culture, fever or leukocytosis, or evidence of infection from a protective specimen brush or bronchoalveolar lavage. Patients who met the criteria for pneumonia and were receiving antimicrobial agents for the treatment of pneumonia were included in the pneumonia incidence figure. These criteria were also used as an initial screen before the first dose of study drug was administered to determine if pneumonia was present prior to the start of omeprazole suspension.
- Cost of Care Analysis: A pharmacoeconomic evaluation of stress ulcer prophylaxis using omeprazole solution was performed. The evaluation included total drug cost (acquisition and administration), actual costs associated with adverse events (e.g., psychiatry consultation for mental confusion), costs associated with clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding. Total drug cost was calculated by adding the average institutional costs of
omeprazole 20 mg capsules, 50 ml sodium bicarbonate vials, and 10 ml syringes with needle; nursing time (drug administration, pH monitoring); pharmacy time (drug preparation); and disposal costs. Costs associated with clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding included endoscopy charges and accompanying consultation fees, procedures required to stop the bleeding (e.g., surgery, hemostatic agents, endoscopic procedures), increased hospital length of stay (as assessed by the attending physician), and cost of drugs used to treat the gastrointestinal bleeding. - Statistical Analysis: The paired t-test (two-tailed) was used to compare gastric pH before and after omeprazole solution administration and to compare gastric pH before omeprazole solution administration with the mean and lowest gastric pH value measured after beginning omeprazole.
- Results: Seventy-seven patients met the inclusion and exclusion criteria and received omeprazole solution (See FIG. 2). Two patients were excluded from the efficacy evaluation because the protocol for omeprazole administration was not followed. In one case, the omeprazole enteric-coated pellets had not completely broken down prior to the administration of the first two doses, which produced an erratic effect on gastric pH. The gastric pH increased to above six as soon as the patient was given a dose of omeprazole solution (in which the enteric coated pellets of omeprazole had been allowed to completely breakdown).
- The reason for the second exclusion was that nasogastric suctioning was not turned off after the omeprazole dose was administered. This resulted in a transient effect on gastric pH. The suction was turned off with subsequent omeprazole doses, and control of gastric pH was achieved. Two patients were considered efficacy failures because omeprazole failed to maintain adequate gastric pH control on the
standard omeprazole 20 mg/day maintenance dose. When the omeprazole dose was increased to 40 mg/day (40 mg once/day or 20 mg twice/day), gastric pH was maintained above four in both patients. These two patients were included in the safety and efficacy evaluations, including the gastric pH analysis. After the two patients were declared failures, their pH values were no longer followed. - The ages of the remaining seventy-five patients ranged from eighteen to eighty-seven years; forty-two patients were male and thirty-three were female. All patients were mechanically ventilated during the study. Table 4 shows the frequency of risk factors for stress-related bleeding that were exhibited by the patients in this study. The most common risk factors in this population were mechanical ventilation and major surgery. The range of risk factors for any given patient was two to ten, with a mean of 3 (±1) (standard deviation). Five patients enrolled in the study had developed clinically significant bleeding while receiving continuous infusions of ranitidine (150 mg/24 hr) or cimetidine (900 mg/24 hr). In all five cases, the bleeding subsided and the gastric pH rose to above five within thirty-six hours after initiating omeprazole therapy. Three patients were enrolled after having developed two consecutive gastric pH values below three while receiving an H2-antagonist (in the doses outlined above). In all three cases, gastric pH rose to above five within four hours after omeprazole therapy was initiated. Four other patients were enrolled in this study after experiencing confusion (n=2) or thrombocytopenia (n=2) during H2-antigens therapy. Within thirty-six hours of switching therapy, these adverse events resolved.
- Stress-related Mucosal Bleeding and Mortality: None of the sixty-five patients who received buffered omeprazole solution as their initial prophylaxis against stress-related mucosal bleeding developed overt or clinically significant upper gastrointestinal bleeding. In four of the five patients who had developed upper gastrointestinal bleeding before study entry, bleeding diminished to the presence of occult blood only (Gastroccult-positive) within eighteen hours of starting omeprazole solution; bleeding stopped in all patients within thirty-six hours. The overall mortality rate in this group of critically ill patients was eleven percent. No death was attributable to upper gastrointestinal bleeding or the use of omeprazole solution.
- Gastric pH: The mean (±standard deviation) pre-omeprazole gastric pH was 3.5±1.9. Within four hours of omeprazole administration, the gastric pH rose to 7.1±1.1 (See FIG. 3); this difference was significant (p<0.001). The differences between pre-omeprazole gastric pH and the mean and lowest gastric pH measurements during omeprazole administration (6.8±0.6 and 5.6±1.3, respectively) were also statistically significant (p<0.001).
- Safety: Omeprazole solution was well tolerated in this group of critically ill patients. Only one patient with sepsis experienced an adverse event that may have been drug-related thrombocytopenia. However, the platelet count continued to fall after omeprazole was stopped. The platelet count then returned to normal despite reinstitution of omeprazole therapy. Of note, one patient on a jet ventilator continuously expelled all liquids placed in her stomach up and out through her mouth, and thus was unable to continue on omeprazole. No clinically significant drug interactions with omeprazole were noted during the study period. As stated above, metabolic alkalosis is a potential concern in patients receiving sodium bicarbonate. However, the amount of sodium bicarbonate in omeprazole solution was small (≈12 mEq/10 ml) and no electrolyte abnormalities were found.
- Pneumonia: Pneumonia developed in nine (12%) patients receiving omeprazole solution. Pneumonia was present in an additional five patients before the start of omeprazole therapy.
- Pharmacoeconomic evaluation: The average length of treatment was nine days. The cost of care data are listed in Tables 5 and 6. The costs of drug acquisition, preparation, and delivery for some of the traditional agents used in the prophylaxis of stress-related upper gastrointestinal bleeding are listed in Table 5. There were no costs to add from toxicity associated with omeprazole solution. Since two of seventy-five patients required 40 mg of omeprazole solution daily to adequately control gastric pH, the acquisition/preparation cost should reflect this. The additional 20 mg of omeprazole with vehicle adds seven cents per day to the cost of care. Therefore, the daily cost of care for omeprazole solution in the prophylaxis of stress-related mucosal bleeding was $12.60 (See Table 6).
- Omeprazole solution is a safe and effective therapy for the prevention of clinically significant stress-related mucosal bleeding in critical care patients. The contribution of many risk factors to stress-related mucosal damage has been challenged recently. All of the patients in this study had at least one risk factor that has clearly been associated with stress-related mucosal damage—mechanical ventilation. Previous trials and data from a recently published study show that stress ulcer prophylaxis is of proven benefit in patients at risk and, therefore, it was thought to be unethical to include a placebo group in this study. No clinically significant upper-gastrointestinal bleeding occurred during omeprazole solution therapy. Gastric pH was maintained above 4 on
omeprazole 20 mg/day in seventy-three of seventy-five patients. No adverse events or drug interaction associated with omeprazole were encountered.TABLE 4 Mech Major Multi- Head Hypo- Renal Multiple Liver Vent Surgery trauma Injury tension Failure Sepsis Operation Acid/Base Coma Failure Burn 75 61 35 16 14 14 14 12 10 4 2 2 -
TABLE 5 Per day RANITIDINE (day 1-9) Rantidine 150 mg/24 hr 6.15 Ancillary Product (1) Piggyback (60%) 0.75 Ancillary Product (2) micro tubing (etc.) 2.00 Ancillary Product (3) filter 0.40 Sterile Prep required yes R.N. time ($24/hr) 20 minutes/day (includes pH 8.00 monitoring) R.Ph. time, hood maint. 3 minutes ($40/hr) 2.00 Pump cost $29/24 hrs × 50%) 14.50 TOTAL for 9 days 304.20 RANITIDINE Cost per day 33.80 CIMETIDINE (day 1-9) Cimetidine 900 mg/24 hr 3.96 Ancillary Product (1) Piggyback 1.25 Ancillary Product (2) micro tubing (etc.) 2.00 Ancillary Product (3) filter 0.40 Sterile Prep required yes R.N. time ($24/hr) 20 minutes/day (includes pH 8.00 monitoring) R.Ph. time, hood maint. 3 minutes ($40/hr) 2.00 Pump cost $29/24 hrs × 50%) 14.50 TOTAL for 9 days 288.99 CIMETIDINE Cost per day 32.11 SUCRALFATE (day 1-9) Sucralfate 1 g × 4 2.40 Ancillary Product (1) syringe 0.20 Sterile Prep required no R.N. time ($24/hr) 30 minutes/day (includes pH 12.00 monitoring) TOTAL for 9 days 131.40 SUCRALFATE Cost per day 14.60 -
The average length of treatment was 9 days. Cost of care was calculated from these date Per Day Total OMEPRAZOLE (day 1) Product acquisition cost 40 mg load × 2 11.32 11.32 (5.66/dose) Ancillary product materials for solu- 0.41 0.41 tion preparation Ancillary product syringe w/needle 0.20 0.40 Sterile preparation required no SOS preparation time (R.N.) 6 minutes 2.40 4.80 R.N. time ($24/hr) 21 minutes/day 8.40 8.40 (includes pH monitoring) OMEPRAZOLE (days 2-9) Product acqusition cost 20 mg per day 2.80 22.65 Ancillary product materials for solu- 0.41 0.82 tion preparation Ancillary product syringe w/needle 0.20 1.60 Sterile preparation required no SOS preparation time (R.N.) 6 minutes 2.40 4.80 R.N. time ($24/hr) 18 minutes/day 8.40 57.60 2/75 patient require 40 mg (includes pH 0.63 simplified omeparzole solu- monitoring) tion per day (days 2-9) No additional cost for adverse effects or for failure TOTAL 113.43 Simplified Omerprazole Solu- 12.60 tion cost per day -
TABLE 7 Time Control 1 hour 24 hour 2 day 7 day 14 day Conc (mg/ml) 2.01 2.07 1.94 1.96 1.97 1.98 - Bacteriostatic and Fungistatic Effects of Omeprazole Solution: The antimicrobial or bacteriostatic effects of the omeprazole solution were analyzed by applicant. An omeprazole solution (2 mg/ml of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate) made according to the present invention was stored at room temperature for four weeks and then was analyzed for fungal and bacterial growth. Following four weeks of storage at room temperature, no bacterial or fungal growth was detected.
- An omeprazole solution (2 mg/ml of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate) made in accordance with the present invention was stored at room temperature for twelve weeks and then was analyzed for fungal and bacterial growth. After twelve weeks of incubation at room temperature, no fungal or bacterial growth was detected.
- The results of these experiments illustrate the bacteriostatic and fungistatic characteristics of the omeprazole solution of the present invention.
- Bioequivalency Study: Healthy male and female study participants over the age of 18 will be randomized to receive omeprazole in the following forms: (A) 20 mg of a liquid formulation of approximately 20 mg omeprazole in 4.8 mEq sodium bicarbonate qs to 10 ml with water; (B) 20 mg of a liquid formulation of approximately 2 mg omeprazole per 1 ml of 8.4% sodium bicarbonate; (C) Prilosec® (omeprazole) 20 mg capsule; (D) Capsule prepared by inserting non-enteric
coated omeprazole 20 mg into a #4 empty gelatin capsule (Lilly) uniformly dispersed in 240 mg of sodium bicarbonate powder USP to form an inner capsule. The inner capsule is then inserted into a #00 empty gelatin capsule (Lilly) together with a homogeneous mixture of 600 mg sodium bicarbonate USP and 110 mg pregelatinized starch NF. - After appropriate screening and consent, healthy volunteers will be randomized to receive one of the following four regimens as randomly assigned by Latin Square. Each subject will be crossed to each regimen according to the randomization sequence until all subjects have received all four regimens (with one week separating each regimen).
- Regimen A (20 mg omeprazole in 4.8 mEq sodium bicarbonate in 10 ml volume); Regimen B (20 mg omeprazole in 10 ml 8.4% sodium bicarbonate in 10 ml volume); Regimen C (an intact 20 mg omeprazole capsule); Regimen D (Capsule in capsule formulation, see above). For each dose/week, subjects will have an i.v. saline lock placed for blood sampling. For each regimen, blood samples will be taken over 24 hours a total of 16 times (with the last two specimens obtained 12 hours and 24 hours after drug administration).
- Patient Eligibility: Four healthy females and four healthy males will be consented for the study.
- Inclusion Criteria: Signed informed consent.
- Exclusion Criteria: (1) Currently taking H2-receptor antagonist, antacid, or sucralfate; (2) Recent (within 7 days) therapy with lansoprazole, omeprazole, or other proton pump inhibitor; (3) Recent (within 7 days) therapy with warfarin; (4) History of variceal bleeding; (5) History of peptic ulcer disease or currently active G.I. bleed; (6) History of vagotomy or pyloroplasty; (7) Patient has received an investigational drug within 30 days; (8) Treatment with ketoconazole or itraconazole; (9) Patient has an allergy to omeprazole.
- Pharmocokinetic Evaluation and Statistical Analysis: Blood samples will be centrifuged within 2 hours of collection and the plasma will then separated and frozen at 10° C. (or lower) until assayed. Pharmacokinetic variables will include: time to peak concentration, mean peak concentration, AUC (0-t) and (0-infinity). Analysis of variance will be used to detect statistical difference. Bioavailability will be assessed by the 90% confidence interval of the two one-sided tests on the natural logarithm of AUC.
- HPLC Analysis: Omeprazole and internal standard (H168/24) will be used. Omeprazole and internal standard will be measured by modification of the procedure described by Amantea and Narang. (Amantea M A, Narang P K.Improved Procedure for Quantification of Omeprazole and Metabolites Using Reversed-Phased High Performance Liquid Chromotography, J. Chromatography 426; 216-222 (1988)). Briefly, 20 ul of
omeprazole 2 mg/ml NaHCO3 or Choco-Base omeprazole suspension and 100 ul of the internal standard are vortexed with 150 ul of carbonate buffer (pH=9.8), 5 ml of dichloroethane, 5 ml of hexane, and 980 ul of sterile water. After the sample is centrifuged, the organic layer is extracted and dried over a nitrogen stream. Each pellet is reconstituted with 150 ul of mobile phase (40% methanol, 52% 0.025 phosphate buffer, 8% acetonitrile, pH=7.4). Of the reconstituted sample, 75 ul is injected onto a C18 5 U column equilibrated-with the same mobile phase at 1.1 ml/min. Under these conditions, omeprazole is eluted at approximately 5 minutes, and the internal standard at approximately 7.5 minutes. The standard curve is linear over the concentration range 0-3 mg/ml (in previous work with SOS), and the between-day coefficient of variation has been <8% at all concentrations. The typical mean R2 for the standard curve has been 0.98 in prior work with SOS (omeprazole 2 mg/ml NaHCO3 8.4%). - Applicant expects that the above experiments will demonstrate there is more rapid absorption of formulations (a), (b) and (d) as compared to the enteric coated granules of formulation (c). Additionally, applicant expects that although there will be a difference in the rates of absorption among forms (a) through (d), the extent of absorption (as measured by the area under the curve (AUC)) should be similar among the formulations (a) through (d).
- Intraveneous PPI in Combination With Oral Parietal Cell Activator: Sixteen (16) normal, healthy male and female study subjects over the age of 18 will be randomized to receive pantoprazole as follows: (a) 40 mg IV over 15 to 30 minutes in combination with a 20 ml oral dose of sodium bicarbonate 8.4%; and (b) 40 mg IV over 15 to 30 minutes in combination with a 20 ml oral dose of water.
- The subjects will receive a single dose of (a) or (b) above, and will be crossed-over to (a) and (b) in random fashion. Serum concentrations of pantoprazole versus time after administration data will be collected, as well as gastric pH control as measured with an indwelling pH probe.
- Further, similar studies are contemplated wherein chocolate or other parietal cell activator is substituted for the parietal cell activator sodium bicarbonate, and other PPIs are substituted for pantoprazole. The parietal cell activator can be administered either within about 5 minutes before, during or within about 5 minutes after the IV dose of PPI.
- Applicant expects that these studies will demonstrate that significantly less IV PPI is required to achieve therapeutic effect when it is given in combination with an oral parietal cell activator.
- Additionally, administration kits of IV PPI and oral parietal cell activator can be packaged in many various forms for ease of administration and to optimize packing and shipping the product. Such kits can be in unit dose or multiple dose form.
- Six (6) Month Stability of Omeprazole Suspension: A suspension was prepared by mixing 8.4% sodium bicarbonate with omeprazole to produce a final concentration of 2 mg/ml to determine the stability of omeprazole solution after 6 months. The resultant preparation was stored in clear glass at room temperature, refrigerated and frozen. Samples were drawn after thorough agitation from the stored preparations at the prescribed times. The samples were then stored at 70° C. Frozen samples remained frozen until they were analyzed. When the collection process was completed, the samples were shipped to a laboratory overnight on dry ice for analysis. Samples were agitated for 30 seconds and sample aliquots were analyzed by HPLC in triplicate according to well known methods. Omeprazole and the internal standard were measured by a modification of the procedure described by Amantea and Narang. (Amantea M A, Narang P K,Improved Procedure For Quantitation Of Omeprazole And Metabolites Using Reverse-Phased High-Performance Liquid Chromatography, J. Chromatography, 426: 216-222 (1988)). Twenty (20) ul of the
omeprazole 2 mg/ml NaHCO3 solution and 100 ul of the internal standard solution were vortexed with 150 ul of carbonate buffer (pH=9.8), 5 ml dichloroethane, 5 ml hexane, and 980 ul of sterile water. The sample was centrifuged and the organic layer was extracted and dried over a nitrogen stream. Each pellet was reconstituted with 150 ul of mobile phase (40% methanol, 52% 0.025 phosphate buffer, 8% acetonitrile, pH=7.4). Of the reconstituted sample, 75 ul were injected onto a C185u column equilibrated with the same mobile phase at 1.1 ml/min. Omeprazole was eluted at 5 min, and the internal standard at ˜7.5 min. The standard curve was linear over the concentrated range 0-3 mg/ml, and between-day coefficient of variation was <8% at all concentrations. Mean R2 for the standard curve was 0.980. - The 6 month sample showed stability at greater than 90% of the original concentration of 2 mg/ml. (i.e., 1.88 mg/ml, 1.94 mg/ml, 1.92 mg/ml).
- The compositions of the present invention are designed to produce rapid release of active drug to the site of delivery (typically the stomach) without the necessity of enteric coatings or delayed released dosage forms, while preventing acid degradation of the drug. Acid labile PPIs, for example, can be formulated or coadministered with one or more buffers sufficient to protect the PPI in any environment, with the ultimate goal being to deliver a PPI to the stomach (or other environment) either via a liquid, a powder or solid dosage form that produces an immediate release of active drug to the site of delivery such that the PPI is quickly available for absorption. Accordingly, Applicant has found that certain amounts of buffers coadministered or mixed with certain PPIs prevent acid degradation of the PPI when the buffers produce a pH in the stomach or other site of environment that is equal to the pKa of the PPI plus an amount sufficient to protect the PPI from acids and provide undegraded and bioactive PPI to the blood upon administration (e.g., a final pH of pKa of PPI+0.7 log value will reduce the degradation to about 10%). Such buffers should interact with hydrogen ion at rates that exceed the interaction of hydrogen ion with the PPI. Thus, the solubilities of the buffers and PPIs are important considerations because solubility is a key determinant of the rate of interaction of H+ ion with another compound.
- Typically, a PPI formulation of the present invention comprises two primary components: a PPI and an Essential Buffer. An Essential Buffer may include a buffer or combination of buffers that interact with HCl (or other acids in the environment of interest) faster than the PPI interacts with the same acids. When placed in a liquid phase (usually in water), the Essential Buffer produces and maintains a pH of at least the pKa of the PPI. In one embodiment, by raising the pH of the environment to the same of the pKa of the PPI plus about 0.7 log value (or greater), the expected degradation (ionization) can be reduced from about 50% to about 10%. As used herein, the “Essential pH” is the lowest pH of the environment of interest needed to minimize or eliminate the acid-induced degradation of the PPI. The buffering agent(s) employed may raise the pH of the environment to the Essential pH such that 30%, 40% or 50% of the PPI is undegraded, or be present in an amount sufficient to substantially protect (i.e., greater than 50% stability) the PPI.
- In another embodiment, the Essential pH is the pKa of the PPI. In a further embodiment, the Essential pH is the sum of the pKa of the PPI plus log 0.7. A log value of about 0.7 is added to the pKa, which represents a decrease of about 5.01187% in stability of the PPI from the
pKa plus 1 log value, thus resulting in a stability of approximately 90%, a value widely accepted as desirable in pharmaceutical products. In some cases it may be permissible to accept a value of less than log 0.7. - One aspect of the invention provides that there is also sufficient buffer available to provide the neutralization capacity (Essential Buffer Capacity (“EBC”)) to maintain the elevated pH of the environment (usually gastric) throughout the dwell time that the PPI is passed from the environment and into the blood.
- Essential Buffers: Essential Buffers can be divided into two groups: Primary Essential Buffers and Secondary Essential Buffers. Every formulation is combined with, either directly or indirectly, at least one Primary Essential Buffer. The Primary Essential Buffers, when used alone or in combination, provide buffering activity below the value that leads to tissue irritation or damage and above a lower limit for the Essential pH of the PPI. Secondary Essential Buffers are not required in every formulation but can be combined with Primary Essential Buffers to produce a higher pH and added neutralization capacity for the formulation.
- Determining the type and dose of buffer to protect acid labile substituted benzimidazole PPIs (and other drugs) is useful for efficacious PPI delivery to and action upon parietal cell proton pumps, particularly when the PPI is administered as an immediate release product designed to disintegrate in the stomach rather than a traditional delayed-release product designed to disintegrate beyond the stomach in higher pH environments such as the duodenum. The present compositions and methods employ determinations of the nature of the buffer(s) to be used, as well as calculations to determine Essential pH, buffering capacity, and volume measurements for individual PPI doses based on their respective solubilities and pKa's. Such inventive methods are applicable for determining the type and amount of buffer(s) necessary to protect the PPI in an array of environments (e.g., mouth, esophagus, stomach, duodenum, jejunum, rectal vault, nasogastric tube, or a powder, tablet, capsule, liquid, etc. in storage before administration) Dosage forms in storage may be exposed to various environments, but a typical set of storage conditions includes storage at room temperature (65-80° F.), and minimal or no exposure to heat, cold, light or humidity as is known in the art.
- The present method includes all substituted benzimidazole PPIs, their salts, esters, amides, enantiomers, racemates, prodrugs, derivatives and the like, and is not limited to those PPIs used to exemplify the following calculations.
- The Essential Buffering Capacity (“EBC”) is the capacity of a PPI/buffer formulation to resist degradation from its environment. The buffering capacity of a PPI/buffer formulation is primarily derived from components of the formulation that possess the ability to combine with acids (H+ ions) from the environment. The EBC contributes to both acid neutralization (antacid effect) and to maintaining an environmental pH>pKa+0.7 to protect PPIs from acid degradation throughout the dwell time. The Primary Essential Buffer is designed to maintain the pH of stomach contents (or other environment) at a somewhat constant level within a desired range for a period of time so that the PPI can be absorbed from the gastric or other environment. Accordingly, the Essential Buffer is generally more rapid in its complexation with HCl (or other acid) than the PPI administered so that the Essential Buffer is capable of protecting the PPI.
- Any weak base, strong base, or combination thereof may be a suitable Essential Buffer. Essential Buffers include, but are not limited to, electrolytes containing the cations sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium or bismuth. In addition, amino acids, proteins or protein hydrolysates can serve as Essential Buffers owing to their ability to rapidly neutralize acid. When PPIs are mixed with the Essential Buffer, the PPIs may be in the free base form, such as omeprazole or lansoprazole; in the sodium salt form, such as esomeprazole sodium, omeprazole sodium, rabeprazole sodium, pantoprazole sodium, etc.; or in a magnesium salt form such as esomeprazole magnesium or omeprazole magnesium or calcium salt forms; or other salt forms. Essential Buffers provide the Essential Buffering Capacity either alone or in combination with Secondary Essential Buffers.
- Tribasic sodium phosphate and sodium carbonate are examples of Secondary Essential Buffers for adjusting the pH of any Primary Essential Buffer. Secondary Essential Buffers may assist the Primary Essential Buffer in producing the desirable pHE over the dwell time. Secondary Essential Buffers neutralize HCl (or other acids in the environment) similarly to the Primary Essential Buffers; however, they produce pH values too high to be used alone, as they would lead to gastrointestinal mucosal irritation. They are used to increase the pH and provide additional buffering capacity in combination with a Primary Essential Buffer.
- Secondary Essential Buffers do not play an important role in protecting the PPI from early acid-induced degradation. Because they do not work as rapidly, they do not play a major role in PPI protection through the dwell time. Other buffers (“Non-Essential Buffers”) can be added to the Primary and/or Secondary Essential Buffers to provide a latent antacid effect that extends beyond the antacid effect of Essential Buffers.
- Many additional buffers can be used, alone or in combination, to achieve an effective buffering capacity for PPIs or acid labile drugs. A desirable characteristic of buffers includes rapid neutralization of acid environments to greater than pKa+0.7 for the drug being considered.
- Non-limiting examples of Primary and Secondary Essential Buffers are set forth in Tables 8 and 9 below.
TABLE 8 Examples of Primary Essential Buffers Essential Buffer Solubility♯ pH♭ MW Sodium bicarbonate 9.96 g/100 mL 8-8.4 84 Sodium sesquicarbonate 6.3 g/100 mL 9.9-10 174 Dibasic sodium phosphate 10 g/100 mL 8.6-9.3 142 Sodium tripolyphosphate 6 gm/100 mL 9.7-10 368 Tetrasodium pyrophosphate 5 g/100 mL 9.8-10.3 266 Sodium citrate 72 g/100 mL 5 294 Calcium citrate 10 mg/100 mL 6.8 498 Calcium carbonate 1.5 mg/100 mL 6.1-7.1 100 Magnesium oxide 0.62 mg/100 mL 9.5-10.5 40 Sodium gluconate 60 g/100 mL 6-8 218 Sodium lactate 40 g /100 mL 7 112 Sodium acetate 119 g/100 mL 8.9 82 Dipotassium phosphate 150 g/100 mL 9.3 174 Tetrapotassium pyrophosphate 185 g/100 mL 10.4 330 Potassium bicarbonate 36 g/100 mL 8.2 100 Calcium lactate 6 g/100 mL 7 218 Calcium glycerophosphate 6 g/100 mL 7 210 Calcium gluconate 3 g/100 mL 7.4 430 Magnesium lactate 10 g/100 mL 5.5-7.5 269 Magnesium gluconate 16 g/100 mL 7.3 414 -
TABLE 9 Examples of Secondary Essential Buffers These buffers are too caustic to be used alone but are suitable for addition in low quantities to the Primary Essential Buffers from Table 8. Essential Buffer Solubility♯ pH♭ MW Sodium carbonate 45.5 g/100 mL 10.6-11.4 106 Potassium carbonate 11.5 138 Sodium phosphate (tribasic) 8 g/100 mL 10.7-12.1 163 Calcium hydroxide 185 mg/100 mL 12 74 Sodium hydroxide 11.4-13.2 40 - Amino acids can also be employed as Primary or Secondary Essential Buffers, the doses of which may be calculated according to the following information.
TABLE 10 Solubility Three (g/100 g One Letter Letter H2O at Symbol Symbol Amino Acid MW pH 25° C. A Ala Alanine 89 6 16.65 C Cys Cysteine 121 5.02 Very D Asp Aspartic Acid 133 2.77 0.778 E Glu Glutamic Acid 147 3.22 0.864 F Phe Phenylalanine 165 5.48 2.965 G Gly Glycine 75 5.97 24.99 H His Histidine 155 7.47 4.19 I Ile Isoleucine 133 5.94 4.117 K Lys Lysine 146 9.59 Very L Leu Leucine 131 5.98 2.426 M Met Methionine 149 5.74 3.381 N Asn Asparagine 132 5.41 3.53 P Pro Proline 115 6.30 162.3 Q Gln Glutamine 146 5.65 2.5 R Arg Arginine 174 11.15 15 S Ser Serine 105 5.68 5.023 T Thr Threonine 119 5.64 Very V Val Valine 117 5.96 8.85 W Trp Tryptophan 204 5.89 1.136 Y Tyr Tyrosine 181 5.66 0.0453 - References: IUPAC-IUB Commission on Biochemical Nomenclature (CBN), Rules for Naming Synthetic Modifications of Natural Peptides, (1966); Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 121: 6-8 (1967); Biochem. J. 104: 17-19 (1967), corrected 135: 9 (1973); Biochemistry 6: 362-364 (1967); Biochim. Biophys. Acta 133: 1-5 (1967); Bull. Soc. Chim. Biol. 49: 325-330 (1967) (in French); Eur. J. Biochem. 1: 379-381 (1967), corrected 45: 3 (1974); Hoppe-Seyler's, Z., Physiol. Chem. 348: 262-265 (1967) (in German); J. Biol. Chem. 242 555-557 (1967); Mol. Biol. 2: 466-469 (1968) (in Russian); Pure Appl. Chem. 31: 647-653 (1972); IUPAC Commission on Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry (CNOC), Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry, Stereochem. Rec. E: (1974), Pure Appl. Chem. 45: 11-30 (1976). See also Biochemical Nomenclature and Related Documents, Portland press. 2: 1-18 (1992).
- The Essential pH (pHE). Substituted benzimidazole PPIs are labile under acidic conditions. Orally administered PPIs must be protected from the strongly acidic conditions of the stomach, whether acidic from gastric acids or acids introduced through tube feeds or other sources. In general, the higher the pH of the gastric environment, the greater the stability of the PPI, and thus the more time it has to undergo absorption into the blood and reach and act upon the proton pumps of the gastric parietal cells.
- As mentioned, the “Essential pH” is the lowest pH of the environment of interest needed to minimize or eliminate the acid-induced degradation of the PPI during the dwell time in the environment. It is generally expressed herein as pH range. Such pH is the pH of the environment in which the PPI/buffer formulation resides. For example, the environment may be a storage container or the stomach. The environment presents a set of conditions to the PPI/buffer, such as temperature, pH, and the presence or absence of water. The dwell time is the time that the PPI dwells in a specific environment, i.e., the GI tract prior to its passage into a different environment, i.e. the bloodstream. The shelf-life is another example of a dwell time, in which case, the specific environment may be a container of dry, powdered formulation. As used herein, “Resultant pH” is the pH that is the result of adding a PPI/buffer formulation to an environment of interest. “Formulation pH” is the pH of the PPI/buffer formulation when it is in liquid form.
- A PPI dose within its calculated pHE range is designed to ensure sufficient PPI protection from acid degradation such that delivery to and action upon proton pumps occur. In one desirable embodiment, the pHE is the sum of the pKa of a given PPI plus about 0.7. The pKa is defined as the pH at which 50% of a chemical is in the ionized form. When the pH of the environment equals the pKa of the PPI, then 50% ionization (degradation) of the PPI occurs. However, by adding the factor of 0.7, this ionization is reduced to 90%.
- The Stability Range Factor (“SRF”) is the range of pH elevation in which the lower limit is the sum of the pKa of a given PPI+0.7 log, and the upper limit is the pH at which elimination of acid degradation occurs without producing tissue irritation from extreme alkalinity. SRF is calculated based on the desirable shelf-life (or a dwell time), the environmental pH and the amount of acid expected to be encountered, along with a knowledge of the time of exposure expected after the drug is administered and before the drug reaches the blood (i.e., the dwell time).
- The upper limit of the SRF is a function of the tolerability of the gastrointestinal mucosa to alkaline substances, which is determined by the Formulation pH and the concentration of alkaline material presented. For practical purposes, pH=10.9 delineates an upper limit of the SRF. It is acknowledged that the amount of buffer is an important aspect of the tissue destructive potential of an alkaline substance. Therefore, the SRF for any given PPI begins at the sum of the pKa of the PPI+0.7, and extends upwards to a pH of about 10.9.
- The Essential pH used with the SRF establishes a desirable range for the stability to the actions of H+ ion (or other acidic component) on the PPI/buffer formulation. Sufficient buffering capacity maintains an Essential pH as described below as “Essential Buffering Capacity.”
- Examples of pHE calculations with SRF for specific PPIs are as follows:
- pHE of PPI=pKa of PPI+0.7.
- SRF=the range: pHE to 10.9.
- SRF for omeprazole=(pKa omeprazole+0.7) to 10.9=(3.9+0.7)=4.6 to 10.9.
- SRF for lansoprazole=(pKa lansoprazole+0.7) to 10.9=(4.1+0.7)=4.8 to 10.9.
- SRF for rabeprazole=(pKa rabeprazole+0.7) to 10.9=(4.9+0.7)=5.6 to 10.9.
- SRF for pantoprazole=(pKa pantoprazole+0.7) to 10.9=(3+0.7)=3.7 to 10.9.
- In most instances, the lower end of each of the above ranges is increased by one pH unit to minimize, by a factor of 10, any local effects within the stomach that may produce areas of lower pH that might cause PPI degradation. A value of +1 log value is also supported by the observation that weak bases operate most efficiently at neutralizing acid beginning at +1 log value above the pKa.
- For example, one would expect to encounter about 100-150 ml of 0.11 to 0.16N HCl in the adult fasting stomach, which is equivalent to about 12-24 mEq of HCl. Therefore, an equal amount of base will neutralize this acid. If about 12-24 mEq of sodium bicarbonate is employed as the buffer, the resulting pH will be left at the pKa of the conjugate acid of sodium bicarbonate (carbonic acid), which is about 6.14 or greater. This is greater than the lower limit of the pHE for omeprazole of 4.6. Thus, administering 12-24 mEq of sodium bicarbonate with omeprazole protects greater than 95% of the drug when encountering 12-24 mEq of HCl. Because sodium bicarbonate complexes with HCl at a rate that exceeds the rate of interaction of omeprazole, it is considered a suitable buffer.
- It should be noted that depending on age and disease, the amount of acid to be encountered can be significantly more or less than the 12-24 mEq range, but is generally from about 4 mEq to about 30 mEq.
- Using magnesium oxide or magnesium hydroxide in an amount of 12 to 24 mEq also provides sufficient neutralizing capacity leaving the pH at approximately 7 (lowered only slightly by the minimal hydrolysis of magnesium). However, magnesium hydroxide is not rapid in onset and care should be taken to ensure that early degradation of the PPI does not occur. Early degradation can be avoided by making a tablet comprising two layers: an inner layer of PPI and sodium bicarbonate, and an outer layer of magnesium hydroxide dried gel or magnesium oxide with suitable disintegrant such that the magnesium oxide would rapidly disintegrate in the stomach. Alternatively, the inner layer can contain the magnesium buffer and the outer layer has the PPI and sodium bicarbonate.
- Additionally, micronization of the slower acting buffer can be used to enhance its ability to combine with acid. Calcium carbonate (and many other calcium buffers) is a similar slower acting (compared to sodium bicarbonate) but potent buffer. Therefore, if used, it would be best suited in an outer layer of a tablet formulation with the inner layer comprising a rapid acting buffer with PPI (or vice versa). Alternatively, mixtures of the buffers can be employed for the outer layer. If developing a liquid formulation or a powder for reconstitution, a mixture of a rapid acting buffer and slower acting buffer can be used (e.g., sodium bicarbonate and magnesium oxide, respectively).
- Modifications to the formulations may entail adjusting the pH of products with basic or acidic chemicals, including but not limited to, chemicals described throughout this application. Modifications of buffer pH based on the pHE may or may not be performed in specific instances, depending upon species, age, disease and other variations between patients.
- pKa and Solubility of PPIs: As mentioned above, the pKa of a given PPI indicates inherent stability with respect to acid degradation; the lower the pKa, the more stable the PPI. The solubility of the PPI will also dictate the rate at which the PPI complexes with, and is degraded by, acid. These two physicochemical characteristics (pKa and solubility) of the PPI interact with the physicochemical characteristics of the buffer(s) (pH, buffering capacity and rate of buffering action) in the presence of acid in the environment to determine the degradation of the PPI over time. The less soluble a PPI is in water, the lower the initial degradation when placed in an acidic environment. The following Table 11 elaborates on the time for 50% of drug to be degraded (t ½), pKa and solubility in water of several PPIs.
TABLE 11 Pantoprazole Rabeprazole PH sodium Omeprazole Lansoprazole sodium 1.2 4.6 min 2.8 min 2.0 min 1.3 min 5 2.8 hr 1.0 hr 1.1 hr 5.1 4.7 hr 1.4 hr 1.5 hr 7.2 minutes 6 21 hr 7.3 hr 6.4 hr 7 73 hr 39 hr 35 hr PKa 3 3.9 4.1 4.9 Solubility very soluble slightly soluble very slightly Very soluble soluble - Although pantoprazole sodium, with a pKa of 3, is inherently more stable in an acidic environment than other PPIs, it is also very soluble in water and thus could undergo 50% degradation in an acidic stomach with a pH of 1.2 in less than 5 minutes. Therefore, it is important for the buffer(s) used with pantoprazole sodium to interact with H+ ion (or other acidic substances) more rapidly than the pantoprazole sodium interacts with such acids and maintain the rapid complexation through the dwell time; otherwise, additional dosing of buffer may be required. The overall pH of the gastric contents should be kept at least at the pKa+0.7 (i.e., 3.7) from the time the PPI in solution comes into contact with the gastric acid continuing throughout the dwell time. Essential Buffers for liquid formulations of pantoprazole sodium include those buffers whose conjugate acids possess a pKa>3.7 and which are very soluble (e.g., potassium bicarbonate and sodium bicarbonate) Oral solid formulations likewise would require buffers whose conjugate acid possesses a pKa>3.7 and rapid complexation potential. Most magnesium, calcium and aluminum salts are not suitable unless the pantoprazole sodium is placed (with or without additional buffer) in an inner portion of a tablet or capsule with such antacids, and surrounded by a rapid acting buffer with a rapid disintegrant. Another formulation method for pantoprazole is to decrease its solubility such as by selecting a less soluble salt form or the non-salt form, pantoprazole.
- Rabeprazole sodium is also very soluble in water and could undergo 50% degradation in an acidic stomach with a pH of 1.2 in less than 1.5 minutes. It is not very stable to acid degradation due to its higher pKa of 4.9. A suitable buffer(s) for rabeprazole sodium interacts with H+ ion (or other acidic substances) more rapidly than the rabeprazole sodium interacts with such acids to prevent early degradation, and should possess high neutralizing capacity to enable rabeprazole to survive through the dwell time. Sodium or potassium bicarbonate would be good choices in this instance.
- Another option for rabeprazole sodium (as well as any sodium salt of a proton pump inhibitor, which would tend to be more soluble than the base form) is to reduce the solubility of rabeprazole sodium when in aqueous form such as using a less soluble salt form or using the non-salt form. This decreases early degradation because the rabeprazole must first undergo dissolution in water before it is degraded by acid. In this embodiment, the suitable buffer(s) for rabeprazole sodium should possess high neutralizing capacity to enable rabeprazole to survive through the dwell time.
- For PPIs that possess high pKa's, such as rabeprazole sodium, a two-part liquid formulation can be utilized. The liquid part has the PPI and a high pH, but a low mEq buffering capacity. The liquid part is added to a second part that possesses a lower pH but a higher mEq buffering capacity. When these two parts are added together just prior to administration, a formulation with a lower pH and a higher buffering capacity is produced which will neutralize stomach acid but not be too caustic to tissues. Examples of such formulations are provided below.
- For highly soluble PPIs, the formulation may be produced in a solid dosage form such as a tablet, capsule or powder with a buffer(s), which disintegrate and reach solution at a rate that exceeds the PPI and thereby provides the Essential pH for protection of the PPI prior to its dissolution and interaction with the acid in the environment. Further, the tablet or capsule may be formulated to possess an outer portion of buffer and an inner portion comprising PPI, or a blend of PPI and buffer. Additional methods include formulating the buffer in a smaller particle size (e.g., micronized) and the PPI in a larger particle size. This results in the disintegration of the buffer component prior to disintegration of the PPI component. All of these methods of formulation aim to create an environment of stability for the PPI during the dwell time.
- The dosage form may affect the suitability of a buffer for use in a formulation. For example, magnesium oxide is a buffer with high buffering capacity but slow onset when formulated as a tablet. However, when formulated as a powder, or a tablet of low compression, or with tablet disintegrants such as pregelatinized starch, it disintegrates more rapidly.
- Omeprazole base is only slightly soluble in water and, as such, less of the drug is subject to early and continued degradation. The soluble portion of omeprazole is vulnerable to early degradation in the gastric environment. Dissolution of the remaining insoluble portion is expected to occur within minutes of encountering the water of the gastric secretions. This dissolution time provides some protection against early degradation provided that relatively low volumes of water are used during delivery or in the product formulation. After several minutes in the gastric environment, upon complete dissolution, omeprazole could undergo 50% degradation in less than 3 minutes. Omeprazole is moderately stable owing to its pKa of 3.9. A suitable buffer(s) for omeprazole is rapid acting and possesses at least moderate neutralizing capacity to enable omeprazole to survive through the dwell time.
- As used herein, “rapid acting” in the context of a buffer means a buffer that raises the pH of the environment to greater than or equal to the pHE of a particular PPI in a time sufficient to prevent significant degradation of the PPI. In one embodiment, the rapid acting buffer raises the pH to at least the pKa of the PPI plus 0.7 log value within 10 minutes.
- Preferred buffer(s) produce an environment where the Resultant pH of the environment is equal to or greater than the Essential pH such that: (1) the onset of pH change to equal to or greater than the pHE+0.7 begins before the acid-induced degradation of the PPI occurs, and (2) the Resultant pH at or greater than the pHE+0.7 lasts throughout the dwell time, which is typically a minimum of 30 minutes in the case of gastric emptying for an adult. It is desirable that the buffer be rapid acting to minimize early acid-induced degradation. The most rapid acting buffers are water soluble (or soluble in the environment). High solubility, however, is not an absolute necessity as magnesium oxide and calcium carbonate, both only slightly soluble, are capable of significant complexation with gastric acid albeit at a slower rate. If a dry formulation is used, such as a tablet, the particle size of the buffer(s) can be reduced to enhance the dissolution rate while the particle size of the PPI can be increased. Disintegrants can be added to enhance the availability of poorly soluble buffers.
- Lansoprazole base is very slightly soluble in water and, as such, less of the drug is subject to early degradation. The soluble portion is vulnerable to early degradation. Dissolution of the remaining insoluble portion is expected to occur within several minutes of encountering the water of the gastric secretions. This dissolution time provides some protection against early degradation provided that relatively low volumes of water are used for delivery or in the product formulation. After several minutes, upon complete dissolution, lansoprazole could undergo 50% degradation in 2 minutes. Lansoprazole is moderately stable owing to its pKa of 4.1. A suitable buffer(s) for lansoprazole should be rapid acting, and should possess moderate to high neutralizing capacity to enable lansoprazole to survive through the dwell time. The pH of the gastric contents (or other environment) should be kept at greater than about 4.8 from the time the PPI in solution comes into contact with the gastric acid continuing throughout the dwell time.
- Calculating the Acid Neutralizing Capacity of Buffers: The acid neutralizing capacity (“ANC”) of soluble buffers may be used to assist in selecting a preferred amount of buffer(s) needed to provide the EBC. The ANC uses both the formula weight (FWt.) and the valence to determine buffering capacity.
- An example of an ANC calculation for sodium bicarbonate is as follows:
- Sodium Bicarbonate, Na+HCO3−, FWt.=84, valence=1. The conversion equation from equivalent weight to grams is:
- (Equivalent Weight (“EW”))(1/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)=grams of NaCHO3
- EW=(FWt.)/(valence)=84/1=84 g/mol.
- (84 g/mol)(1 mol/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(4 mEq)=0.34 g NaHCO3 needed for 4 mEq of buffering capacity.
- Accordingly, for 10 mEq, one needs 0.840 g NaHCO3, and for 30 mEq, 2.52 gm is required. The range of 4-30 m Eq is used because that is the range of mEq of acid to be encountered in most patients.
- The ANCs of other buffers are similarly calculated. ANC determinations are from Drake and Hollander, Neutralizing Capacity And Cost Effectiveness Of Antacids, ann intern. med. 109:215-17 (1981). Generally, the formulations of the present invention need about 4 to about 30 mEq of buffering capacity although higher amounts could be used in some patients.
- Sodium bicarbonate in solution possesses a pH>pHE of omeprazole and rapidly neutralizes acidic environments. As stated above, rapid complexation with HCl is a desirable characteristic of an Essential Buffer. Ideally, but not necessarily required as indicated in formulations that contain a tablet in a tablet, the Essential Buffer complexes with the acid at a faster rate than the PPI it is intended to protect.
- In selecting Essential Buffers, a knowledge of buffering capacity is also useful since they possess differing pHs at various concentrations. The magnitude of the resistance of a buffer to pH changes is referred to as buffer capacity (Beta). It has been defined by Koppel, Spiro and Van Slyke as the ratio of the increment of strong acid (or base) to the change in pH brought about by addition of acid. The following formula is used to measure buffer capacity: Buffer capacity=the increment (in gram equivalents per liter) of strong acid added to the buffer solution to produce a pH change (change as measured in absolute terms), or buffer capacity change in acid/change in pH. Improvements in the formula have been made to improve the precision, and these form the basis for mathematical comparison of buffers for consideration. See Koppel, BioChem, Z. (65) 409-439 (1914), Van Slyke, J. Biol. chem. 52:525 (1922).
- When the PPI/buffer formulation is placed in the environment, the PPI is subject to degradation by the acid in that environment. As depicted in FIG. 9, PPI solubility, the pKa of the PPI, and the amount and concentration of acid (H+ ion) encountered in the environment are variables that can be used to determine the appropriate candidate as an Essential Buffer. Early degradation occurs when the soluble portion of the PPI (that portion available for immediate interaction with H+ ion) undergoes hydrolysis by H+ ion. PPIs differ in their solubility and, therefore, those that are more soluble have a potential for a higher portion of PPI degraded by early interaction with H+ ion. The pKa of the PPI and the pH of the environment of the stomach (or other site of interest) after addition of the PPI/buffer formulation (Resultant pH) can be used to determine the desirable Essential Buffer. By measuring the Resultant pH over time, the pH data versus time can be plotted as seen in FIG. 9. The graph of pH over time can then be used to evaluate various buffers.
- Such a graph can be developed for a potential buffer or buffer combination using the Rossett-Rice test (Rosset N E, Marion L:An In Vitro Evaluation Of The Efficacy Of The More Frequently Used Antacids With Particular Attention To Tablets. Antacids 26: 490-95 (1954), modified with continual addition of simulated gastric fluid. See USP XXIII, The United States Pharmacopeia, 23rd Revision, United States Pharmacopeia Convention, Inc. Briefly, the test employs 150 mL of simulated gastric fluid consisting of 2 Gm of sodium chloride and 3.2 Gm of pepsin, which are dissolved in 7 mL of 1N HCl, q.s. to 1000 mL with distilled water. The pH of the simulated gastric fluid is 1.2. A container of 150 mL of this fluid is stirred at 300 rpm+30 rpm with a magnetic stirrer and kept at 37.1° C. A pH electrode is kept in the upper region of the solution. The test buffer or the subject formulation is added to the container to start the evaluation. At 10 minutes, a continuous drip of simulated gastric fluid is added to the test container at a rate of 1.6 ml/min to simulate gastric secretion. Approximately 1.6 mL/min is removed from the test container to keep the volume in the test container constant. The evaluation continues for at least 90 minutes.
- This methodology allows for a dynamic evaluation of buffering capacity in a model designed to mimic a fasting human stomach. It has been described in part for use in evaluating antacids by Beneyto J E, et. al.,Evaluation of a New Antacid, Almagate, Arzneim-Forsch/Drug Res 1984; 34 (10A):1350-4; Kerkhof N J, et al, pH-Stat Tiration of Aluminum Hydroxide Gel, J. Pharm. Sci. 1977; 66: 1528-32.
- Using this method, a pH tracing can be developed for evaluating buffers as well as finished products. In addition, a sample of the test solution can be taken during the experiment to evaluate the extent of PPI degradation at various times. Those buffers with a suitable profile as exemplified in FIG. 9 able to maintain pH greater than or equal to pHE for 30 minutes or greater, can be considered suitable Essential Buffers. In one embodiment, as depicted in FIG. 9, the pH was recorded over 10 second intervals.
- A number of buffers may be applicable for use as Essential Buffers. Therefore, once an Essential Buffer is chosen, the amount necessary to provide the EBC is calculated. As used herein, the EBC is the buffering capacity, or amount of alkaline buffer, included in the dose and calculated to maintain the Essential pH range and thereby protect any substituted benzimidazole PPI in the gastric (or other) environment. In patients requiring continuing PPI administration (e.g. daily), more buffering capacity may be necessary with the first dose or first few doses than with subsequent doses because the PPI may encounter more acid with the initial doses. Subsequent doses will require less buffering capacity because the initial PPI doses will have reduced gastric acid production. The EBC could therefore be reduced in subsequent doses. The product's buffering capacity may be formulated as desired, for instance with respect to patient age, gender or species.
- Experimental data from adult human subjects showed an effective EBC range of a first dose of omeprazole to be about 4 to about 20 mEq (“EBC-O range”) of sodium bicarbonate, with a range of about 12 to about 25 mEq suitable in most instances. Subsequent doses of omeprazole require less EBC, with a range of about 4 to 15 mEq sodium bicarbonate. In one embodiment, this latter EBC range proved optimal for an omeprazole suspension administered to patients with varying degrees of gastrointestinal transit and acid output, based on a knowledge of basal and maximal acid outputs of 2 and 25 mEq/hour, respectively. These studies have been reported in Phillips J. O. et al., Crit. Care Med. 1996; Lasky et al., J. Trauma 1998.
- Based on the EBC-O range, the above ANC calculation can be employed. Additionally, it is expected to encounter about 100-150 mL of 0.1 N HCl (equating to about 12-24 mEq of acid) in a fasting stomach. Variations in the acid encountered in the environment will affect the Essential Buffering Capacity required. The above EBC ranges relate to adult patients. Children, however, produce less acid per unit time in comparison to adults. Therefore, depending on the patient population, the amount of Essential Buffering Capacity required may be altered.
- Numerous references are available to assist the skilled artisan in identifying a suitable buffer. companion with a PPI to determine the desirable characteristics stated herein. See, e.g., Holbert, et. al.,A Study of Antacid Buffers: I. The Time Factor in Neutralization of Gastric Acidity, J. Amer. Pharm. Assn. 36: 149-51 (1947); Lin, et. al., Evaluation of Buffering Capacity and Acid Neutralizing pH Time Profile of Antacids, J. Formosa Med. Assn. 97 (10) 704-710 (1998); Physical Pharmacy, pp 169-189; Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (2000).
- The Desirable Volume: The Desirable Volume (“DV”) of a PPI dose may affect PPI delivery to and action upon parietal cell proton pumps. The DV of a dose is partly based on the EBC. For liquid formulations, a desirable volume should deliver sufficient buffer to act as an antacid to neutralize a substantial amount of gastric or other acids. For solid formulations such as tablets, a nominal amount of water or other fluid will be consumed to aid in swallowing the tablet. Liquid preparations of the present invention use volumes as small as about 2 ml or in excess of about 60 ml. Volumes smaller than 2 ml and larger than 60 ml are contemplated, and may be used as desired to suit individual patients, such as those of advanced or very young age or of different species. Very large volumes may lead to higher amounts of less soluble PPIs (e.g., omeprazole, lansoprazole base forms) going into solution, which could result in vulnerability to early degradation.
- For instance, volumes smaller than about 2 ml may be used in newborns or premature infants, or in small animals, because of their smaller stomach size. Also, a large DV may be required for doses formulated with dilute buffer concentrations, to achieve the EBC. The relationship between the EBC and DV is in part shown below:
- If EBC(mg buffer)=Buffer conc.(mg/ml)×DV(ml),
- then DV(ml)-EBC(mg)/Buffer conc.(mg/ml).
- Alternatively, mEq can be substituted for mg in the formula.
- Secondary Components of the Formulations: Secondary components are not required but may be used to enhance the pharmacological action or as pharmaceutical aids. Secondary components may include, but are not limited to, parietal cell activators and other ingredients. Parietal cell activators, as discussed above, are compounds that produce an increase in proton pump activity such that proton pumps are relocated from storage sites of the parietal cell, i.e. tubulovesicles, to the site of H+, K+ exchange at the secretory canaliculus. A parietal cell activator may also serve other functions. For example, sodium bicarbonate is an Essential Buffer as well as a parietal cell activator, chocolate is a parietal cell activator and a flavoring agent, and aspartame, which contains phenylalanine, is a sweetener as well as a parietal cell activator.
- Parietal cell activators can be divided into four groups: 1) rapid acting buffers that are weak bases, strong bases or combinations thereof that also produce a rapid onset of effect (the pH drops rather suddenly after the buffer is exhausted; these buffers typically cause the pH of the stomach to rise to above 5); 2) amino acids, protein hydrolysates and proteins; 3) calcium containing compounds such as calcium chloride or calcium carbonate; and 4) compositions such as coffee, cocoa, caffeine and peppermint.
- The other ingredients comprise components of a formulation that are secondary to the primary components. Other ingredients include, but are not limited to, thickening agents, flavoring agents, sweeteners, antifoaming agents (such as simethicone), preservatives, antibacterial or antimicrobials agents (such as cefazolin, amoxicillin, sulfamethoxazole, sulfisoxazole, erythromycin and other macrolides such as clarithromycin or azithromycin), and Secondary Essential Buffers.
- Desirable flavoring agents may be added to the dosage forms, and may or may not need to be buffered to the pHE. Flavoring agents with pH values inherently suitable to the range of pHE values of PPIs include, but are not limited to, apple, caramel, meat, chocolate, root beer, maple, cherry, coffee, mint, licorice, nut, butter, butterscotch, and peanut butter flavorings, used alone or in any combination. Similarly, all substances included in the formulation of any PPI product, including but not limited to, activators, antifoaming agents, potentiators, antioxidants, antimicrobial agents, chelators, sweeteners, thickeners, preservatives, or other additives or substances may be buffered to the pHE.
- Examples Utilizing the Calculations: The pHE, the EBC, and the DV of a PPI dose may affect PPI delivery to, and action upon, parietal cell proton pumps. The following calculations tailor an Essential Buffer dose for any substituted benzimidazole PPI to promote PPI efficacy in an oral administration.
- To deliver a 20 mg dose of omeprazole (pKa=3.9) in sodium bicarbonate: Step 1: The pHE of omeprazole=pKa of omeprazole+0.7=4.6. The SRF of omeprazole=pHE to 10.9=4.6 to 10.9. At a Formulation pH of 4.6 to 10.9, the conjugate base of sodium bicarbonate (carbonic acid) has a pKa of 6.14. Therefore, an amount of sodium bicarbonate equivalent to the amount of acid to be encountered would produce a pH of 6.14, which is within the SRF of 4.6 to 10.9. Sodium bicarbonate would make a suitable choice as a buffer. Step 2: The EBC=4 to 30 mEq buffering capacity equivalent. Step 3: To determine the amount of sodium bicarbonate to administer with the omeprazole, the ANC for sodium bicarbonate is calculated. The ANC for sodium bicarbonate (MW=84 for 4 30 mEq)=(EW)(1/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(EBC) EW=MW/(valence)=84/1=84 g/mol (84 g/mol)(1 mol/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(4 to 30 mEq)=0.34 g to 2.52 g. Step 4: For liquid formulations, if the DV=20 ml, then DV=Essential Buffer (EB) (mg)/Buffer conc. (mg/ml). Buffer conc.=EB/DV=340 mg to 2520 mg/20 ml=17 mg/ml to 126 mg/ml.
- Therefore, for 20 mg of omeprazole to be adequately buffered in 20 ml of solution, the concentration of sodium bicarbonate should be 17 to 126 mg/ml.
- To deliver a 20 mg dose of omeprazole (pKa=3.9) in dibasic sodium phosphate: Step 1: The pHE of omeprazole=pKa of omeprazole+0.7. The SRF of omeprazole=(3.9+0.7) to 10.9=4.6 to 10.9. Step 2: The EBC=4 to 30 mEq buffering capacity equivalent. Step 3: To determine the amount of dibasic sodium phosphate to administer with the omeprazole, the ANC for dibasic sodium phosphate is calculated. The ANC for dibasic sodium phosphate (MW=142)=(EW)(1/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(EBC). EW=MW/(valence)=142/2=71 g/mol. (71 g/mol)(1 mol/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(4 to 30 mEq)=0.28 g to 2.13 g. Step 4: For liquid formulations, if the DV=20 ml, then DV=EB (mg)/Buffer conc. (mg/ml). Buffer conc.=EB/DV=280 mg to 2130 mg/20 ml=14 mg/ml to 107 mg/ml.
- Therefore, for 20 mg of omeprazole to be adequately buffered in 20 ml of solution, the concentration of dibasic sodium phosphate should be 14 to 107 mg/ml. The pka of disodium phosphate is 7.21. Therefore, an amount of disodium phosphate equivalent to the amount of acid to be encountered would produce a pH of approximately 7.2. Thus, disodium phosphate would make a suitable choice as a buffer.
- To deliver a 30 mg dose of lansoprazole (pKa=4.1) in sodium bicarbonate: Step 1: The pHE of lansoprazole=pKa of lansoprazole+0.7. The SRF of lansoprazole=(4.1+0.7) to 10.9=4.8 to 10.9. Step 2: The EBC=4 30 mEq buffering capacity equivalent. Step 3: To determine the amount of sodium bicarbonate to administer with the lansoprazole, the ANC for sodium bicarbonate is calculated. The ANC for sodium bicarbonate (MW=84)=(EW)(1/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(EBC). EW=MW/valence=84/1 g/mol. (84 g/mol)(1 mol/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(4 to 30 mEq)=0.34 g to 2.52 g. Step 4: For liquid formulations, if the DV=20 ml, then DV=EB (mg)/Buffer conc. (mg/ml). Buffer conc.=EB/DV=340 mg to 2520 mg/20 ml=17 mg/ml to 126 mg/ml.
- Therefore, for 30 mg of lansoprazole to be adequately buffered in 20 ml of solution, the concentration of sodium bicarbonate should be about 17 to about 126 mg/ml.
- To deliver a 40 mg dose of pantoprazole (pKa=3) in sodium bicarbonate: Step 1: The pHE of pantoprazole=pKa of pantoprazole+0.7. The SRF of pantoprazole=(3+0.7) to 10.9=3.7 to 10.9. Step 2: The EBC=4 30 mEq buffering capacity equivalent. Step 3: To determine the amount of sodium bicarbonate to administer with the pantoprazole, the ANC for sodium bicarbonate is calculated. The ANC for sodium bicarbonate (MW=84)=(EW)(1/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(EBC). EW=MW/(valence)=84/1 g/mol. (84 g/mol)(1 mol/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(4 to 30 mEq)=0.34 g to 2.52 g. Step 4: For liquid formulations, if the DV=20 ml, then DV=EB (mg)/Buffer conc. (mg/ml). Buffer conc.=EB/DV=340 mg to 2520 mg/20 ml=17 mg/ml to 126 mg/ml.
- Therefore, for 40 mg of pantoprazole to be adequately buffered in 20 ml, the concentration of sodium bicarbonate should be about 17 to 126 mg/ml.
- To deliver a 20 mg dose of rabeprazole (pKa=5) in sodium phosphate dibasic: Step 1: The pHE of rabeprazole=pKa of rabeprazole+0.7. The SRF of rabeprazole=4.9+0.7) to 10.9=5.6 to 10.9. Step 2: The EBC=4 30 mEq buffering capacity equivalent. Step 3: Therefore, to determine the amount of sodium phosphate dibasic to administer with the rabeprazole, the ANC for potassium sodium dibasic is calculated. The ANC for sodium phosphate dibasic (duohydrate) (MW=174)=(EW)(1/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(EBC). EW=MW/valence=178/1 g/mol. (178 g/mol)(1 mol/1000 mmol)(1 mmol/1 mEq)(4 to 20 mEq)=0.712 g to 5.34 g sodium phosphate dibasic. Step 4: For liquid formulations, if the DV=20 ml, then DV=EB (mg)/Buffer conc. (mg/ml). Buffer conc.=EB/DV=0.712 g to 2 g/20 ml=35.6 mg/ml to 100 mg/ml. In this case, the solubility of disodium phosphate would limit the amount that could be dissolved in 20 mL. Obviously, this would exceed the solubility of disodium phosphate (sodium phosphate dibasic). Therefore, for 20 mg of rabeprazole to be adequately buffered in 20 ml of solution, the concentration of sodium phosphate dibasic should be about 35.6 mg/ml to 100 mg/ml at a pH range of about 6.9 to 10.9. The pka of disodium phosphate is 7.21. Thus, an amount of disodium phosphate equivalent to the amount of acid to be encountered would produce a pH of approximately 7.2. Accordingly, disodium phosphate would make a suitable choice as a buffer.
- It should be noted that the suitability of buffers relates to their use immediately after mixing. In order to enhance the shelf-life, higher pH values would be anticipated within the range of acceptable pHE for a given PPI. As an example, rabeprazole suspensions containing various buffers were evaluated for color change because degradation of PPIs results in a color change to brown or black. All buffer suspensions started out white in color. After 2 weeks the following observations were made:
20 mg Rabeprazole in Various Buffers Stored Under Refrigerated Conditions As Suspensions Original Color Buffer Color 14 days pH at 14 days Sodium bicarbonate 800 mg/10 mL white brown 8.3 Disodium phosphate 800 mg/10 mL white white 10.3 Disodium phosphate 700 mg; white white 10.5 Trisodium phosphate 100 mg/10 mL - Similar calculations may be performed for any substituted benzimidazole PPI and appropriate buffer(s) including, but not limited to, those exemplified above. One skilled in the art will appreciate that the order of the above steps is not critical to the invention. The above calculations may be used for formulations comprising one or more PPI and one or more buffers.
- Veterinary Formulations: Horses produce stomach acid continuously throughout the day. It is the basal acid secretion from the stomach in the absence of feeding that is responsible for the erosion of the squamous mucosa in the stomach and ulcers. Horses on pasture normally secrete a continuous supply of saliva, which buffers the stomach acid. When horses are being ridden regularly, trained for shows or prepared for sales, they are usually kept in stalls much of the day. Under these conditions, the natural salivary buffering mechanism is disrupted and acid indigestion often results.
- Almost 40 to about 100 mEq of buffer capacity should provide approximately 2.5 hours of neutralization for a horse. The usual dose of omeprazole ranges from 0.7 to 1.5 mg/kg/day (doses up to 4 mg/kg/day may be required) and a typical weight for a horse is 500 kg. Similar dosages are expected for rabeprazole and lansoprazole.
- Dogs can also suffer from ulcers and their dosage is approximately 1 mg/kg/day. The following formulations are designed for use in horses but smaller amounts can be used in dogs with an EBC of 10 to 20 mEq.
Formulation 5: Veterinary Formulation of Omeprazole This formulation is particularly well suited for animals rather than humans because the dose of PPI is high. EBC = 75 mEq Essential pH (omeprazole pKa = 3.9 + 0.7 ≧ 4.6) PPI: Omeprazole powder 500 mg (a range of 350 to 700 mg) Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate 5 g (59.5 mEq) Dibasic sodium phosphate (anhydrous) 2 g (14 mEq) Optional Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Tribasic sodium phosphate 200 mg. (1.2 mEq) - Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as guar gum 350 mg, artificial maple flavor powder 100 mg,
thaumatin powder 10 mg (to mask the bitterness of omeprazole), andsucrose 25 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final omeprazole concentration of 5 mg/mL. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve omeprazole concentrations ranging from about 0.8 to about 20 mg/mL. - Alternatively this formulation may be divided into two parts. The dry part may be reconstituted with the liquid part at the time of use.
Formulation 6: Veterinary Formulation of Lansoprazole Essential pH (lansoprazole pKa = 4.1 + 0.7 ≧ 4.8) EBC = 71.4 mEq PPI: Lansoprazole powder 750 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate 6 g (71.4 mEq) - Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as xanthan gum 300 mg, artificial peanut butter flavor powder 100 mg, and sucrose 35 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final lansoprazole concentration of 7.5 mg/mL. The suspension should be refrigerated after reconstitution. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve lansoprazole concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.
- Alternatively, this formulation may divided into two parts. The dry part may be reconstituted with the liquid part at the time of use.
Formulation 7: Veterinary Formulation of Lansoprazole Essential pH (lansoprazole pKa = 4.1 + 0.7 ≧ 4.8) EBC = 63.3 mEq PPI: Lansoprazole powder 750 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s) Sodium bicarbonate 5 g (59.5 mEq) Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium carbonate 400 mg* (3.8 mEq) - Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose 300 mg, artificial maple flavor 100 mg, and sucrose 35 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final lansoprazole concentration of 7.5 mg/mL. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve lansoprazole concentrations ranging from 0.3 to 20 mg/mL.
- Alternatively, this formulation may divided into two parts. The dry part may be reconstituted with the liquid part at the time of use.
Formulation 8: Veterinary Formulation of Esomeprazole Magnesium Essential pH (esomeprazole pKa = 3.9 + 0.7 ≧ 4.6) EBC = 53.2 mEq PPI: Esomeprazole magnesium powder 500 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate 5 g (47.6 mEq) Dibasic sodium phosphate 800 mg (5.6 mEq) - Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as hydroxypropyl cellulose 300 mg, artificial butterscotch flavor 100 mg,
thaumatin powder 5 mg, andsucrose 30 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final esomeprazole concentration of 7.5 mg/mL. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve esomeprazole concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.Formulation 9: Veterinary Formulation of Pantoprazole Sodium or Pantoprazole Base Powder Essential pH (pantoprazole sodium pKa = 3 + 0.7 ≧ 3.7) EBC = 53.8 mEq Pantoprazole sodium or pantoprazole 1000 mg powder Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate 4 g (47.6 mEq) Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Trisodium phosphate 1000 mg* (6.2 mEq) - Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as hydroxypropyl cellulose 300 mg, artificial butterscotch flavor 100 mg,
thaumatin powder 5 mg, andsucrose 30 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water to achieve a final pantoprazole concentration of 10 mg/mL. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve esomeprazole concentrations ranging from 0.2 to 20 mg/mL.Formulation 10: Veterinary Formulation: Buffer Base Without PPI EBC = 71.4 mEq Primary Essential Buffer: Sodium bicarbonate 6 g 71.4 mEq Optional Secondary Essential Buffer: Tribasic sodium phosphate 1000 mg* - Powders of the above compounds are combined as is known in the art to create a homogenous mixture with the addition of a thickener such as hydroxypropyl cellulose 300 mg, artificial butterscotch flavor 100 mg,
thaumatin powder 5 mg, andsucrose 30 Gm. Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water. A PPI or other acid-labile drug may be added by the compounding pharmacist selected from available PPIs or acid-labile drugs from powder or enteric-coated oral solid dosage forms. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL. If other acid labile drugs are employed, the range of concentrations would be as required to deliver the normal dosage in an acceptable volume of 1 mL to 30 mL. The amount of buffer required to protect the drug in question will also determine the minimal feasible volume. This formulation may be in the form of a one-part product (liquid or dry) or a two-part product (liquid and dry), for examples. In the two-part example, the drug to be added to the formulation may be added to the dry formulation and the liquid part may be added at the time of use, or the drug maybe added to the liquid portion which would be buffered to a pH above that required for disintegration of enteric-coated drug formulations (typically pH of 6.8 or greater). - For all of the veterinary and human oral dosage forms disclosed herein, sweeteners, parietal cell activators, thickeners, preservatives, and flavoring agents may also be added. Sweeteners include but are not limited to corn syrup, simple syrup, sugar, thaumatin, and aspartame. Thickeners include but are not limited to methylcellulose, xanthan gum, carrageenan, and guar gum. Preservatives may be added to retard spoilage and include but are not limited to sodium benzoate, methylparaben and propylparaben. Flavoring agents in these formulations include but are not limited to apple, caramel, maple, peanut butter, meat, etc.
- Other Formulations: For all formulations herein, the total amount of Essential Buffer may range from about 4 mEq to about 30 mEq per dose.
Formulation 11: Oral Buffer Complex Without PPI (for general use to protect acid labile drugs) Multidose Composition Primary Essential Buffer: Dibasic sodium phosphate or sodium bicarbonate 10 g (range 2 g to 10 g) Optional Secondary Essential Buffer: Tribasic sodium phosphate or sodium carbonate 200 mg Other ingredients: Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Cocoa processed with alkali 1800 mg Corn syrup solids 6000 mg Sodium caseinate 100 mg Soy lecithin 80 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder, then store in a container protected from light and moisture, such as in a foil packet. Preservatives may be added to retard spoilage and include but are not limited to sodium benzoate, methylparaben, and propylparaben. Thickeners such as xanthan gum, guar gum, or hydroxymethyl propyl cellulose can be flavoring agents in these formulations include chocolate, caramel, maple, butter pecan and other flavorings as have been outlined previously. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.
- Weigh out approximately 60 g of the formulation. Add PPI (or other acid-labile drug) typically in the amount equivalent to 10 doses (
range 1 dose to 30 doses).Formulation 12: Oral Buffer Complex Without PPI For General Use to Protect Acid Labile Drugs; Protein Free, Multi-Dose Example Primary Essential Buffer: Sodium bicarbonate 5 g (range 2 g to 10 g) (59.5 mEq) Optional: Secondary Essential Buffer None* Other ingredients Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Cocoa processed with alkali 1800 mg Corn syrup solids 6000 mg Soy lecithin 80 mg - Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water. Thoroughly blend the powder, then store in a container protected from light and moisture, such as in a foil packet. Weigh out approximately 60 g of the formulation. Add PPI (or other acid-labile drug) typically in the amount equivalent to 10 doses (range=1 dose to 30 doses).
- Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.
Formulation 13: Buffer Complex Without PPI For General Use to Protect Acid Labile Drugs; Protein Free, Lactose Free Multidose Example PPI: None (to be added later, e.g. by compounding pharmacist) Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate 8 g (range 2 g to 10 g) Other ingredients: Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Corn syrup solids 6000 mg Partially-hydrogenated soybean oil 400 mg Dipotassium phosphate 300 mg Caramel flavor 270 mg Soy lecithin 80 mg Sodium silico aluminate 20 mg Titanium dioxide 10 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder, then store in a container protected from light and moisture, such as in a foil packet.
- Optional Secondary Essential Buffer: Tribasic sodium phosphate 1000 mg.
- Weigh out approximately 60 g of the formulation. Add PPI (or other acid-labile drug) typically in the amount equivalent to 10 doses (range=1 dose to 30 doses). Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 0.3 to 20 mg/mL.
Formulation 14: Buffer Complex Without PPI For General Use to Protect Acid Labile Drugs; Protein Free, Multi-Dose Example PPI: None (to be added later, e.g. by compounding pharmacist) Primary Essential Buffer(s): Dibasic sodium phosphate 8 g (range 2 g to 10 g) Other ingredients: Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Butterscotch flavor 270 mg Corn syrup solids 6000 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder, then store in a container protected from light and moisture, such as in a foil packet.
- Weigh out approximately 60 g of the formulation. Add PPI (or other acid-labile drug) typically in the amount equivalent to 10 doses (range=1 dose to 30 doses). Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.
Formulation 15: Buffer Complex Without PPI For General Use to Protect Acid Labile Drugs; Protein Free, Multi-Dose Example PPI: None (to be added later, e.g. by compounding pharmacist) Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate 8 g (range 1 g to 10 g) Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Trisodium phosphate 1.5 g (range 0 g to 5 g) Other ingredients: Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Butterscotch flavor 270 mg Corn syrup solids 6000 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder, then store in a container protected from light and moisture, such as in a foil packet. Weigh out approximately 60 g of the formulation. Add PPI (or other acid-labile drug) typically in the amount equivalent to 10 doses (range=1 dose to 30 doses). Q.s. to 100 mL with distilled water. Different volumes of water may be added to achieve PPI concentrations ranging from 0.8 to 20 mg/mL.
Formulation 16: One Phase Lansoprazole 30 mg TabletLansoprazole has a pKa of 4.1; thus, the Essential pH = 4.1 + 0.7 ≧ 4.8 Examples of buffers that produce a solution with pH 4.8 or greater and produce the Essential Buffering Capacity include, but are not limited to, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, dibasic sodium phosphate, and dipotassium phosphate. Enough powder for 11 tablets is weighed out: PPI: Lansoprazole powder 330 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate USP 5500 mg Dibasic sodium phosphate 2200 mg - The resultant powder is thoroughly mixed. Then 720 mg of the homogeneous mixture is poured into a tablet reservoir (½ inch diameter) and pressed through a full motion of the press as is known in the art. Th e resultant tablet contains:
Lansoprazole 30 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 500 mg Disodium hydrogen phosphate 200 mg - The tablet contains 6 mEq sodium bicarbonate and 1.4 mEq dibasic sodium phosphate. Variations in this tablet may include a tablet containing all dibasic sodium phosphate or all sodium bicarbonate or other buffers from the Essential Buffers list. The amount of Effective Buffer Capacity per tablet may range from as little as about 4 mEq to as much as about 30 mEq.
- Additional tablet disintegrants such as croscarmelose sodium, pregelatinized starch, or providone, and tablet binders such as tapioca, gelatin, or PVP may be added. Further, a film coating may be placed on the tablet to reduce the penetration of light and improve ease of swallowing.
Formulation 17: One Phase Omeprazole 20 mg TabletOmeprazole has a pKa of 3.9; thus, the Essential pH = 3.9 + 0.7 ≧ 4.6 Examples of buffers that are soluble at pH 4.6 or greater include, but are not limited to, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, disodium hydrogen phosphate (dibasic sodium phosphate), and dipotassium phosphate. Enough powder for 11 tablets is weighed out: PPI: Omeprazole powder USP 220 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate USP 6500 mg Magnesium oxide powder 1650 mg Croscarmelose sodium 300 mg - The resultant powder is thoroughly mixed. Then 788 mg of the homogeneous mixture is poured into a tablet reservoir (½ inch diameter) and pressed through a full motion of the press as is known in the art. The resultant tablet contains:
Omeprazole USP 20 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 590 mg Magnesium oxide 150 mg Croscarmelose sodium 27.27 mg - The tablet contains 7 mEq sodium bicarbonate and 3.75 mEq magnesium oxide. The amount of Effective Buffer Capacity may range from as little as about 4 mEq to as much as about 30 mEq. The tablet excipients, tablet binders, and film coating of
Formulation 16 may also be added.Formulation 18: One Phase Omeprazole 40 mg TabletEnough powder for 11 tablets is weighed out: PPI: Omeprazole powder USP 440 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate USP 6500 mg Magnesium oxide 1650 mg Pregelatinized starch 500 mg - The resultant powder is thoroughly mixed. Then 826 mg of the homogeneous mixture is poured into a tablet reservoir (½ inch diameter) and pressed through a full motion of the press as is known in the art. The resultant tablet contains:
Omeprazole USP 40 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 590 mg Magnesium oxide 150 mg Pregelatinized starch 45.45 mg - The tablet contains 7 mEq sodium bicarbonate and 3.75 mEq magnesium oxide. The amount of Effective Buffer Capacity may range from as little as 4 mEq to as much as 30 mEq. The tablet excipients, tablet binders, and film coating of
Formulation 16 may also be added. - Esomeprazole magnesium or other proton pump inhibitors which are of low solubility (such as the base forms) may be used in place of omeprazole or lansoprazole in the above formulations. The tablet excipients, tablet binders, and film coatings of
Formulation 16 may also be added. In addition, powders of any of the formulations disclosed herein may be manufactured by thoroughly mixing the powders as when making tablets and omitting the pressing of the tablets. The powder is packaged in a suitable container protecting the formulation from air moisture and light such as a foil pack or sachet. When added to a volume of water (e.g. 3 to 20 mL) the formulation may be taken orally or administered down a feeding or NG tube, etc. Flavoring agents such as are outlined in the above formulations may be used, for example, carmel flavor 0.1% w/w. For bitter tasting PPIs such as pantoprazole, omeprazole, esomperazole and rabeprazole, the use of thaumatin in a quantity of 5 to 10 ppm may be useful in masking the bitterness. Sweeteners such as sucrose or aspartame may also be employed. Tablet disintegrants such as croscarmelose sodium and glidants such as magnesium stearate may additionally be used.Formulation 19: Omeprazole Powder Formulations (single dose) PPI: Omeprazole powder USP 20 mg or 40 mg (or esomeprazole magnesium). Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate USP powder (60 micron) 1000 mg Magnesium oxide USP powder 500 mg Optional Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Tribasic sodium phosphate 200 mg* Other ingredients: Dextrose 60 mg Xanthan gum (Rhodigel ultra fine) 15 mg Thaumatin (Flavor enhancer) 5 to 10 ppm - Thoroughly blend the powder, reconstitute all of the powder with 5 ml to 20 ml distilled water and administer the suspension enterally to the patient.
Formulation 20: Unflavored Omeprazole Powder (single dose) Omeprazole powder USP 20 mg or 40 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 1500 mg Parietal cell activator: Calcium chloride 200 mg Other ingredients: Dextrose 60 mg Xanthan gum (Rhodigel ulta fine) 15 mg Thaumatin (Flavor enhancer) 5 to 10 ppm - Thoroughly blend the powder. Reconstitute all of the powder with 5 mL to 20 mL distilled water and administer the suspension enterally to the patient.
Formulation 21: Flavored Omeprazole Powder (single dose) Omeprazole powder USP 20 mg Dibasic sodium Phosphate duohydrate 2000 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 840 mg to 1680 mg Sucrose 2.6 g Maltodextrin 200 mg Cocoa processed with alkali* 180 mg Corn syrup solids 600 mg Xanthan gum 15 mg Aspartame 15 mg Thaumatin 2 mg Soy lecithin 10 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder. Reconstitute all of the powder with 10 mL to 20 mL distilled water at the time of use.
Formulation 22: Unflavored Lansoprazole Powder (single dose) Lansoprazole powder USP 15 mg or 30 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP 400 mg to 1500 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder. Reconstitute all of the powder with 5 mL to 20 mL distilled water at the time of use.
Formulation 23: Flavored Lansoprazole Powder (single dose) PPI: Lansoprazole powder USP 30 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Dibasic Sodium Phosphate USP or 1500 mg Sodium bicarbonate USP Sucrose 26 g Maltodextrin 2 g Cocoa processed with alkali* 18 mg Corn syrup solids 600 mg Soy lecithin 80 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder. Reconstitute all of the powder with 5 mL to 20 mL distilled water at the time of use.
Formulation 24: Unflavored Rabeprazole Powder (single dose) PPI: Rabeprazole sodium powder USP 20 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Disodium phosphate duohydrate USP 2000 mg Optional Secondary Essential Buffer(s) Tribasic sodium phosphate 100 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder and reconstitute with distilled water prior to administration. Optionally, thickeners and flavoring agents may be added as stated throughout this application. The anticipated volume for this powder would be 20 mL per dose. This formulation is designed to enhance stability of rabeprazole through the use of the common ion effect whereby sodium causes a “salting out” of rabeprazole sodium. This causes the rabeprazole sodium to remain insoluble thereby increasing its stability.
Formulation 25: Unflavored Rabeprazole Powder (single dose) PPI: Rabeprazole sodium powder USP 20 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate USP 1200 mg Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Trisodium phosphate USP 300 mg Optional Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium hydroxide or Tribasic potassium may be added in higher or lower amounts to adjust pH for desired stability and additive antacid or buffering capacity. - Thoroughly blend the powder and reconstitute with 15 mL distilled water at the time of use.
- Alternatively, a two part product may be employed comprising one part of about 5 to about 15 mL distilled water with a low concentration of Secondary Essential Buffer (e.g. trisodium phosphate (100 mg) or sodium hydroxide (50 mg)) used to dissolve an enteric-coated tablet of rabeprazole thereby producing a stable solution/suspension. This highly alkaline suspension containing low neutralization capacity and rabeprazole sodium may then be added with a second part containing the Primary Essential Buffer(s) having significant neutralization capacity. If desired other Secondary Essential Buffer(s) may be included with the Primary Essential Buffers. This formulation is designed to enable the use of the commercially available enteric-coated tablet of rabeprazole as the source of the PPI. This tablet requires disintegration prior to use as a liquid formulation. Part 1 (the low concentration of Secondary Essential Buffer) produces rapid dissolution of the delayed-release tablet as well as prolonged stability of rabeprazole sodium in the liquid form. This enables the preparation to be prepared prior to administration and simply added to the Primary Essential Buffer(s) (part 2) prior to use.
Formulation 26: Unflavored Rabeprazole Powder (single dose) PPI: Rabeprazole sodium powder USP 20 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Calcium lactate USP 700 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 700 mg Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Calcium hydroxide USP 15 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder. Reconstitute the powder with a liquid part comprising 10 mL glycerol and 10 mL distilled water at the time of use. Alternatively, the liquid for reconstitution may be only water (e.g. distilled) and contain some of the buffer. The liquid for reconstitution may be supplied as a buffered product (to pH 9-11) for dissolving rabeprazole sodium delayed-release tablets (if used as a source of rabeprazole sodium).
Formulation 27: Unflavored Esomerpazole Powder (single dose) PPI: Esomeprazole magnesium powder USP 20 mg Primary Essential Buffer(s): Calcium lactate USP 800 mg Calcium glycerophosphate 800 mg Secondary Essential Buffer(s): Calcium hydroxide USP 15 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder. Reconstitute the powder with a liquid part comprising of 10 mL distilled water at the time of use. The liquid for reconstitution may be supplied as a buffered product (to pH 8-11) for dissolving esomeprazole magnesium delayed release granules (if used as a source of esomeprazole magnesium).
Formulation 28: Omeprazole Two Part Tablet Two part tablets contain an outer buffer phase and inner buffer/PPI core. Enough for 6 tablets is weighed out. Inner Core: PPI: Omeprazole powder USP 120 mg (or esomeprazole magnesium or omeprazole sodium). Primary Essential Buffer(s): Sodium bicarbonate USP 1200 mg Outer Phase: Sodium bicarbonate USP 3960 mg - Thoroughly blend the powders for the inner core, then weigh out approximately 220 mg of the resultant blend and add to a die of ⅜″ diameter. The powder mixture is then formulated into small tablets by conventional pharmaceutical procedures. Repeat for five additional tablets, then set these small inner tablets aside.
- The outside layer surrounding the PPI tablet serves as a pH-buffering zone. Enough sodium bicarbonate for 6 tablets is weighed out with approximately 280 mg per tablet for a total of 1680 mg sodium bicarbonate USP. Then weigh out approximately 280 mg of the resultant blend and add to a die of ½″ diameter. Press through a full motion to compact the powder into a tablet. Place the tablet back into the ½ inch die and then place the smaller ⅜″ tablet (inner tablet) on top of the ½″ tablet and center it. Add approximately 380 mg sodium bicarbonate to the die on top of the ½″ tablet and the ⅜″ tablet. Press through a full motion to compact the materials into one tablet. The approximate weight of each tablet is 815 mg to 890 mg containing 20 mg omeprazole. Binders such as tapioca or PVP and disintigrants such as pregelatinized starch may be added. The outer layer may also comprise pharmaceutically acceptable tablet exipients. Optional coatings can also be employed, for example, light film coatings and coatings to repel ultraviolet light as is known in the art.
- Magnesium oxide or magnesium hydroxide may be substituted for the sodium bicarbonate outer phase. Enough magnesium oxide for 6 tablets is weighed out with approximately 280 mg per tablet for a total of 1680 mg magnesium oxide USP. Then weigh out approximately 280 mg of the resultant blend and add to a die of ½″ diameter. Press through a full motion to compact the powder into a tablet. Place the tablet back into the ½ inch die and then place the smaller ⅜″ tablet (inner tablet) on top of the ½″ tablet and center it. Add approximately 380 mg magnesium oxide to the die on top of the ½″ tablet and the ⅜″ tablet. Press through a full motion to compact the materials into one tablet. The approximate weight of each tablet is 815 mg to 890 mg containing 20 mg omeprazole. Binders such as tapioca or PVP and disintigrants such as pregelatinized starch, croscarmelose sodium or microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) and colloidal silicone dioxide (CSD) may be added. The outer layer may also comprise pharmaceutically acceptable tablet exipients. Optional coatings can also be employed, for example, light film coatings and coatings to repel ultraviolet light as is known in the art.
- The outer phase can alternatively comprise a combination of sodium bicarbonate and magnesium oxide.
Formulation 29: Lansoprazole Two Part Tablet Enough for 6 tablets is weighed out. Inner Core: PPI: Lansoprazole powder USP 180 mg Primary Essential Buffer: Sodium bicarbonate USP 1200 mg Outer Phase: Sodium bicarbonate USP 3960 mg - Thoroughly blend the powders of the inner core, then weigh out approximately 230 mg of the resultant blend and add to a die of ⅜″ diameter. The inner and outer tablets are then formed as described in
Formulation 28. The approximate weight of each tablet is 825 mg to 900 mg. Binders such as tapioca or PVP and disintigrants such as pregelatinized starch may be added.Formulation 30: Pantoprazole Two Part Tablet Enough for 6 tablets is weighed out. Inner Core: PPI: Pantoprazole powder USP 240 mg (or pantoprazole sodium) Primary Essential Buffer: Sodium bicarbonate USP 1200 mg Outer Phase: Sodium bicarbonate USP 3960 mg - Thoroughly blend the powders for the inner core, then weigh out approximately 220 mg of the resultant blend and add to a die of ⅜″ diameter. The inner and outer tablets are then formed as described in
Formulation 28. The approximate weight of each tablet is 835 mg to 910 mg. Binders such as tapioca or PVP and disintigrants such as pregelatinized starch or croscarmelose sodium may be added.Formulation 31: Omeprazole or esomeprazole two part tablet. Enough for 6 tablets is weighed out. Inner Core: PPI: Omeprazole powder USP (or esomeprazole or 120 mg omeprazole sodium). Primary Essential Buffer: Sodium bicarbonate 1200 mg Outer Phase: Sodium bicarbonate 3960 mg - Thoroughly blend the powders of the inner core, then weigh out approximately 220 mg of the resultant blend and add to a die of ⅜″ diameter. The inner and outer tablets are then formed as described in
Formulation 28. The approximate weight of each tablet is 815 mg to 890 mg. Binders such as tapioca or PVP and disintigrants have been mentioned and may be added. Secondary Essential Buffers such as trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate or sodium carbonate or others may be added to enhance neutralization capacity.Formulation 32: Lansoprazole Two part tablet Enough for 6 tablets is weighed out. Inner Core: PPI: Lansoprazole powder USP 180 mg Primary Essential Buffer: Sodium bicarbonate 1200 mg Outer Phase: Sodium bicarbonate 3960 mg - Thoroughly blend the powder of the inner core, then weigh out approximately 230 mg of the resultant blend and add to a die of ⅜″ diameter. The inner and outer tablets are then formed as described in
Formulation 28. The approximate weight of each tablet is 825 mg to 900 mg. Binders such as tapioca or PVP and disintigrants have been mentioned and may be added. Secondary Essential Buffers such as trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate or sodium carbonate or others may be added to enhance neutralization capacity.Formulation 33: Pantoprazole Two part tablet Enough for 6 tablets is weighed out. Inner Core: PPI: Pantoprazole sodium powder USP 240 mg Primary Essential Buffer: Sodium bicarbonate 1200 mg Outer Phase: Sodium bicarbonate 3960 mg - Thoroughly blend the powders of the inner core, then weigh out approximately 220 mg of the resultant blend and add to a die of ⅜″ diameter. The inner and outer tablets are then formed as described in
Formulation 28. The approximate weight of each tablet is 835 mg to 910 mg. Binders such as tapioca or PVP and disintegrants may also be added. Secondary Essential Buffers, such as trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate, sodium carbonate or others, may be added to enhance neutralization capacity.Formulation 34: Omeprazole 20 mg Two-Part TabletInner Core: PPI: Omeprazole enteric coated granules (base, or 20 mg sodium salt or esomeprazole sodium or magnesium) Outer Phase: Sodium bicarbonate powder USP 1000 mg - The inner core is created as is known in the art such that the enteric coatings on the granules remain substantially intact. The outer phase is bound to the inner core as described in
Formulation 28. Other variations of this tablet include a uniform enteric coating surrounding the PPI of the inner core instead of separate enteric coated granules.Formulation 35: Lansoprazole 30 mg Two-Part TabletInner Core: PPI: Lansoprazole enteric coated granules 30 mg Outer Phase: Sodium bicarbonate powder USP 1000 mg - This two-part tablet is formulated as per Formulation 34.
Formulation 36: Rabeprazole 20 mg Two-Part TabletInner Core: PPI: Rabeprazole enteric coated granules 20 mg Outer Phase: Sodium bicarbonate powder USP 1000 mg - This two-part tablet is formulated as per Formulation 34.
Formulation 37: Omeprazole Two Part Tablet Enough for 6 tablets is weighted out Inner Core: Omeprazole 120 mg Sodium bicarbonate powder USP 1200 mg Outer Phase: Magnesium oxide 1500 mg Optional - calcium carbonate 3000 mg - The omeprazole and sodium bicarbonate of the inner core are homogeneously mixed and formed as in
Formulation 28. The outer phase is combined with the inner core as inFormulation 28.Formulation 38: Combination Antacid and Enteric Coated Dosage Form Omeprazole enteric coated granules 20 mg (or an or enteric coated tablet equivalent dose of another PPI) Calcium carbonate 1000 mg - The above components are combined with care exerted to ensure that the enteric coating is not crushed or otherwise compromised. The resulting combination is then formed into compressed tablets or placed in capsules as is known in the pharmaceutical art. If enteric coated granules are employed, they are generally, but not required, dispersed throughout the tablet or capsule. If an enteric coated tablet is alternatively utilized, it forms a central core, which is uniformly surrounded by the calcium carbonate in either a compressed tablet or in a larger capsule. In another embodiment, a capsule containing enteric coated granules of PPI can be placed within a larger capsule containing the calcium carbonate.
- It should be noted that other buffering agents can be utilized in lieu of or in combination with calcium carbonate. The buffer(s) employed is present in an amount of at least about 5 mEq per dose of the composition with the preferred range been 7.5 to 15 mEq. For example, sodium bicarbonate may be preferred over calcium carbonate and other antacids (such as magnesium or aluminum salts) because in many cases, sodium bicarbonate more quickly lowers gastric pH.
Formulation 39: Combination Rapid Release and Delayed Released PPI and Antacid Inner core: Omeprazole enteric coated 10 or 20 mg (or an equivalent dose granules or of another PPI) enteric coated tablet Outer phase: Omeprazole powder 10 or 20 mg (or equivalent dose of another PPI) Calcium Carbonate powder 1000 mg - The constituents of the outer phase are uniformly mixed. The inner core is created as is known in the art such that the enteric coatings on the granules or tablet remain substantially intact. The outer phase is bound to the inner core as described herein and as known in the art.
- Formulation 40: Soft Chewable PPI-Buffer Dosage Form:
Omeprazole - For all formulations herein, multiple doses may be proportionally compounded as is known in the art.
- The invention has been described in an illustrative manner, and it is to be understood the terminology used is intended to be in the nature of description rather than of limitation. All patents and other references cited herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Obviously, many modifications, equivalents, and variations of the present invention are possible in light of the above teachings. Therefore, it is to be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention may be practiced other than as specifically described.
Claims (51)
1. A method for treating or preventing an acid-caused gastrointestinal disorder in a subject, comprising:
orally administering to the subject a solid pharmaceutical composition comprising: active ingredients consisting essentially of a proton pump inhibitor in an amount of about 2 mg to about 300 mg; and at least one primary essential buffer and at least one secondary essential buffer in a total amount of about 0.1 mEq to about 2.5 mEq per mg of proton pump inhibitor;
wherein upon administration to the subject the composition contacts stomach secretions; and the buffering agent is present in an amount that substantially prevents or inhibits acid degradation of the proton pump inhibitor in the stomach secretions.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the composition comprises an enteric coating.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein the composition comprises a film coating.
4. The method of claim 1 , wherein the composition comprises a delayed-release coating.
5. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is in a homogeneous mixture with the buffering agent.
6. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is a substituted benzimidazole compound having H+, K+-ATPase inhibiting activity.
7. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of omeprazole, lansoprazole, rabeprazole, esomeprazole, pantoprazole, pariprazole, and leminoprazole, or an enantiomer, isomer, free base, salt, or mixture thereof.
8. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is in an amount from about 2 mg to about 120 mg.
9. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is in an amount of about 120 mg.
10. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is in an amount of about 80 mg.
11. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is in an amount from about 2 mg to about 60 mg.
12. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is in an amount of about 2 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, or 60 mg.
13. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is in an amount from about 10 mg to about 20 mg.
14. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is in an amount of about 15 mg.
15. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is omeprazole.
16. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is lansoprazole.
17. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is rabeprazole.
18. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is esomeprazole.
19. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is pantoprazole.
20. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is pariprazole.
21. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is leminoprazole.
22. The method of claim 1 , wherein the composition further comprises a binder, a flavoring agent, a disintegrant, a flow aid, a lubricant, an adjuvant, a colorant, a diluent, a moistening agent, a preservative, an antifoaming agent, or a pharmaceutically compatible carrier, and mixtures thereof.
23. The method of claim 22 , wherein the binder comprises crospovidone, microcrystalline cellulose, or a sugar.
24. The method of claim 22 , wherein the flavoring agent comprises aspartame, dextrose, chocolate, vanilla, root beer, peppermint, spearmint, sucrose, cocoa, or watermelon.
25. The method of claim 22 , wherein the disintegrant comprises croscarmellose sodium, a calcium, and sodium alginate complex, or sodium starch glycolate.
26. The method of claim 22 , wherein the lubricant comprises magnesium stearate, calcium hydroxide, talc, or stearic acid.
27. The method of claim 22 , wherein the diluent comprises lactose, corn starch, potato starch, or mannitol.
28. The method of claim 22 , wherein the pharmaceutically compatible carrier comprises acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, maltodextrin, glycerine, magnesium silicate, sodium caseinate, soy lecithin, sodium chloride, tricalcium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, sodium stearoyl lactylate, carrageenan, monoglyceride, diglyceride, or pregelatinized starch.
29. The method of claim 1 , wherein the primary essential buffer or the secondary essential buffer is selected from the group consisting of sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium lactate, magnesium gluconate, magnesium oxide, magnesium carbonate, magnesium silicate, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide/sodium bicarbonate coprecipitate, aluminum glycinate, sodium citrate, sodium tartarate, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, sodium polyphosphate, potassium polyphosphate, sodium pyrophosphate, potassium pyrophosphate, disodium hydrogenphosphate, dipotassium hydrogenphosphate, trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate, sodium acetate, potassium metaphosphate, magnesium oxide, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium carbonate, magnesium silicate, calcium acetate, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium chloride, calcium hydroxide, calcium lactate, calcium carbonate, and calcium gluconate, and mixtures thereof.
30. The method of claim 1 , wherein the amount of the primary essential buffer and the secondary essential buffer totals about 2 mEq to about 70 mEq.
31. The method of claim 1 , wherein the amount of the primary essential buffer and the secondary essential buffer totals about 10 mEq to about 50 mEq.
32. The method of claim 1 , wherein the amount of the primary essential buffer and the secondary essential buffer totals about 1 mEq to about 20 mEq.
33. The method of claim 1 , wherein the amount of the primary essential buffer and the secondary essential buffer totals about 12.5 mEq to about 30 mEq.
34. The method of claim 1 , wherein the amount of the primary essential buffer and the secondary essential buffer totals about 0.2 mEq, 1 mEq, 2 mEq, 3 mEq, 5 mEq, 10 mEq, 12.5 mEq, 15 mEq, 20 mEq, 25 mEq, 30 mEq, 50 mEq, 70 mEq, or 150 mEq.
35. The method of claim 29 , wherein the primary essential buffer or the secondary essential buffer is sodium bicarbonate.
36. The method of claim 29 , wherein the primary essential buffer or the secondary essential buffer is sodium carbonate.
37. The method of claim 29 , wherein the primary essential buffer or the secondary essential buffer is calcium carbonate.
38. The method of claim 29 , wherein the primary essential buffer or the secondary essential buffer is a mixture of sodium bicarbonate, and sodium carbonate.
39. The method of claim 29 , wherein the primary essential buffer or the secondary essential buffer is a mixture of sodium bicarbonate, and calcium carbonate.
40. The method of claim 1 , wherein the amount of the primary essential buffer or the secondary essential buffer is more than about 40 times the amount of the proton pump inhibitor on a weight to weight basis in the composition.
41. The method of claim 1 , wherein the proton pump inhibitor is micronized.
42. The method of claim 1 , wherein the primary essential buffer or the secondary essential buffer is micronized.
43. The method of claim 1 , wherein the solid pharmaceutical composition is in a form of a tablet, a capsule, a powder, a pellet, a granule, or a troche.
44. The method of claim 43 , wherein the tablet is a suspension tablet, a chewable tablet, or an effervescent tablet.
45. The method of claim 43 , wherein the powder is an effervescent powder.
46. The method of claim 43 , wherein the powder is a powder for suspension.
47. The method of claim 46 , wherein the powder is suspended in an aqueous medium before administration.
48. The method of claim 47 , wherein the aqueous medium is selected from the group consisting of water, and sodium bicarbonate solution.
49. The method of claim 1 , wherein the acid-caused gastrointestinal disorder comprises duodenal ulcer disease, gastric ulcer disease, gastroesophageal reflux disease, erosive esophagitis, poorly responsive symptomatic gastroesophageal reflux disease, pathological gastrointestinal hypersecretory disease, Zollinger Ellison Syndrome, or acid dyspepsia.
50. The method of claim 1 , wherein a therapeutically effective amount of the composition is administered to the subject.
51. The method of claim 1 , wherein the composition is administered to the subject once a day, or multiple times a day.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/418,410 US20040048896A1 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2003-04-18 | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US960896P | 1996-01-04 | 1996-01-04 | |
US08/680,376 US5840737A (en) | 1996-01-04 | 1996-07-15 | Omeprazole solution and method for using same |
US18342298A | 1998-10-30 | 1998-10-30 | |
US09/481,207 US6489346B1 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2000-01-11 | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US09/901,942 US6645988B2 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2001-07-09 | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US10/418,410 US20040048896A1 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2003-04-18 | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/901,942 Continuation US6645988B2 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2001-07-09 | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/511,345 Continuation US7782740B2 (en) | 2002-05-17 | 2006-08-29 | Optical disc having small access units and address information modulation method therefor |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20040048896A1 true US20040048896A1 (en) | 2004-03-11 |
Family
ID=25415102
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/901,942 Expired - Lifetime US6645988B2 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2001-07-09 | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US10/418,410 Abandoned US20040048896A1 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2003-04-18 | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/901,942 Expired - Lifetime US6645988B2 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2001-07-09 | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
Country Status (15)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US6645988B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP2201952A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2004521955A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20040047771A (en) |
CN (1) | CN1551768A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2002330863B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR0210971A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2453117C (en) |
EA (1) | EA200400154A1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL159725A0 (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA04000223A (en) |
NO (1) | NO20040072L (en) |
PL (1) | PL367272A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2003009846A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA200400241B (en) |
Cited By (44)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030180352A1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2003-09-25 | Patel Mahesh V. | Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions |
US20030215527A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2003-11-20 | Phillips Jeffrey Owen | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US20030236236A1 (en) * | 1999-06-30 | 2003-12-25 | Feng-Jing Chen | Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms for administration of hydrophobic drugs |
US20040171646A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2004-09-02 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US20040248942A1 (en) * | 2003-02-20 | 2004-12-09 | Bonnie Hepburn | Novel formulation, omeprazole antacid complex-immediate release for rapid and sustained suppression of gastric acid |
US20040265370A1 (en) * | 2003-06-26 | 2004-12-30 | Isa Odidi | Oral multi-functional pharmaceutical capsule preparations of proton pump inhibitors |
US20050031700A1 (en) * | 2003-07-18 | 2005-02-10 | Sanatarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulation and method for treating acid-caused gastrointestinal disorders |
US20050266071A1 (en) * | 2004-05-25 | 2005-12-01 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them |
US20060003007A1 (en) * | 2004-07-01 | 2006-01-05 | Isa Odidi | Controlled extended drug release technology |
US20060003002A1 (en) * | 2003-11-03 | 2006-01-05 | Lipocine, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions with synchronized solubilizer release |
US20060034937A1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2006-02-16 | Mahesh Patel | Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions |
WO2006037763A1 (en) * | 2004-10-05 | 2006-04-13 | Altana Pharma Ag | Oral pharmaceutical preparation for proton pump antagonists |
US20060134210A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-22 | Astrazeneca Ab | Solid dosage form comprising proton pump inhibitor and suspension made thereof |
US20060147522A1 (en) * | 2004-05-25 | 2006-07-06 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them |
US20060204585A1 (en) * | 2003-07-18 | 2006-09-14 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them |
US20070292498A1 (en) * | 2003-11-05 | 2007-12-20 | Warren Hall | Combinations of proton pump inhibitors, sleep aids, buffers and pain relievers |
US20080166423A1 (en) * | 2007-01-06 | 2008-07-10 | Renjit Sundharadas | Combination Medication for Treating the Effects of Stomach Acid Reduction Medication on Bone Integrity |
US20090074859A1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2009-03-19 | Mahesh Patel | Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions |
US20090092658A1 (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2009-04-09 | Santarus, Inc. | Novel formulations of proton pump inhibitors and methods of using these formulations |
US20090220613A1 (en) * | 2006-04-03 | 2009-09-03 | Isa Odidi | Controlled release delivery device comprising an organosol coat |
US20100062064A1 (en) * | 2008-09-09 | 2010-03-11 | Astrazeneca Uk Ltd. | Method for Delivering A Pharmaceutical Composition to Patient in Need Thereof |
US20100130542A1 (en) * | 2008-02-20 | 2010-05-27 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Composition Comprising a Combination of Omeprazole and Lansoprazole, and a Buffering Agent, and Methods of Using Same |
US20100173882A1 (en) * | 2009-01-08 | 2010-07-08 | Lipocine, Inc. | Steroidal Compositions |
US20110008432A1 (en) * | 2009-06-25 | 2011-01-13 | Pozen Inc. | Method for Treating a Patient in Need of Aspirin Therapy |
US20110044519A1 (en) * | 2008-03-13 | 2011-02-24 | Levasseur Jr Donald P | Multi-Function, Foot-Activated Controller for Imaging System |
WO2011063150A3 (en) * | 2009-11-20 | 2011-09-15 | Handa Pharmaceuticals, Llc | Oral formulation for dexlansoprazole |
US8206741B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2012-06-26 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDs |
CN102532610A (en) * | 2011-12-23 | 2012-07-04 | 中山市康乃欣生物医疗科技有限公司 | Pathological embedding agent, preparation method and applications thereof |
USRE45198E1 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2014-10-14 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Omeprazole solution and method for using same |
US8945621B2 (en) | 2009-06-25 | 2015-02-03 | Pozen Inc. | Method for treating a patient at risk for developing an NSAID-associated ulcer |
US9034858B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2015-05-19 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US9078827B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2015-07-14 | Isa Odidi | Pharmaceutical composition having reduced abuse potential |
US9186409B2 (en) | 2010-04-23 | 2015-11-17 | S-Biotek Holidng Aps | Solid pharmaceutical composition for neutralizing stomach acid |
US9358241B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2016-06-07 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US9498485B2 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2016-11-22 | Lipocine Inc. | Bioavailable solid state (17-β)-hydroxy-4-androsten-3-one esters |
US9539214B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2017-01-10 | Pozen Inc. | Compositions and methods for delivery of omeprazole plus acetylsalicylic acid |
EP3088002A4 (en) * | 2014-01-31 | 2017-12-20 | Shionogi & Co., Ltd. | Extended release formulation |
US10064828B1 (en) | 2005-12-23 | 2018-09-04 | Intellipharmaceutics Corp. | Pulsed extended-pulsed and extended-pulsed pulsed drug delivery systems |
US10561615B2 (en) | 2010-12-10 | 2020-02-18 | Lipocine Inc. | Testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US10624858B2 (en) | 2004-08-23 | 2020-04-21 | Intellipharmaceutics Corp | Controlled release composition using transition coating, and method of preparing same |
US20220233514A1 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-07-28 | Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical Corp. | Pharmaceutical preparation having excellent dissolution properties, containing esomeprazole and sodium bicarbonate |
US11433083B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2022-09-06 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US11559530B2 (en) | 2016-11-28 | 2023-01-24 | Lipocine Inc. | Oral testosterone undecanoate therapy |
US11707467B2 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2023-07-25 | Lipocine Inc. | (17-ß)-3-oxoandrost-4-en-17YL tridecanoate compositions and methods of their preparation and use |
Families Citing this family (106)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6537525B1 (en) * | 1997-01-29 | 2003-03-25 | Douglas H. West | Medicated chewing-gum |
KR100627614B1 (en) * | 1998-04-20 | 2006-09-25 | 에자이 가부시키가이샤 | Medicament comprising stabilized compositions containing benzimidazole-type compounds |
JP4081273B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2008-04-23 | エーザイ・アール・アンド・ディー・マネジメント株式会社 | Method for stabilizing benzimidazole compounds |
US20040191276A1 (en) * | 1999-11-30 | 2004-09-30 | Cutispharma, Inc. | Compositions and kits for compounding pharmaceuticals |
WO2002002081A1 (en) * | 2000-07-05 | 2002-01-10 | Capricorn Pharma, Inc. | Rapid-melt semi-solid compositions, methods of making same and methods of using same |
US20020192299A1 (en) * | 2000-12-28 | 2002-12-19 | Rajneesh Taneja | Pharmaceutical compositions of a non-enteric coated proton pump inhibitor with a carbonate salt and bicarbonate salt combination |
SE0101379D0 (en) * | 2001-04-18 | 2001-04-18 | Diabact Ab | Composition that inhibits gastric acid secretion |
US20040081700A1 (en) * | 2002-07-03 | 2004-04-29 | Rajneesh Taneja | Dose titratable liquid dosage forms of acid labile drugs |
US20040082618A1 (en) * | 2002-07-03 | 2004-04-29 | Rajneesh Taneja | Liquid dosage forms of acid labile drugs |
US20040037869A1 (en) * | 2002-08-16 | 2004-02-26 | Douglas Cleverly | Non-animal product containing veterinary formulations |
US20040151759A1 (en) * | 2002-08-16 | 2004-08-05 | Douglas Cleverly | Non-animal product containing veterinary formulations |
US20060135406A1 (en) * | 2002-10-14 | 2006-06-22 | Sabina Glozman | Compositions and methods for treating pathologies that necessitate suppression of gastric acid secretion |
IL152289A0 (en) * | 2002-10-14 | 2003-05-29 | Vectabiotics Ltd | Method and composition for inhibiting h.pylori infection in a mammalian tissue |
SE0203065D0 (en) * | 2002-10-16 | 2002-10-16 | Diabact Ab | Gastric acid secretion inhibiting composition |
EP2596791B1 (en) * | 2002-10-16 | 2015-04-01 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Stable solid preparations |
US20040121004A1 (en) * | 2002-12-20 | 2004-06-24 | Rajneesh Taneja | Dosage forms containing a PPI, NSAID, and buffer |
US20070243251A1 (en) * | 2002-12-20 | 2007-10-18 | Rajneesh Taneja | Dosage Forms Containing A PPI, NSAID, and Buffer |
WO2004066924A2 (en) * | 2003-01-24 | 2004-08-12 | Andrx Labs Llc | Novel pharmaceutical formulation containing a proton pump inhibitor and an antacid |
US20050220870A1 (en) * | 2003-02-20 | 2005-10-06 | Bonnie Hepburn | Novel formulation, omeprazole antacid complex-immediate release for rapid and sustained suppression of gastric acid |
TW200503783A (en) * | 2003-04-11 | 2005-02-01 | Altana Pharma Ag | Oral pharmaceutical preparation for proton pump antagonists |
DE602004025113D1 (en) * | 2003-07-11 | 2010-03-04 | Astrazeneca Ab | SOLID COMPOSITION WITH A PROTON PUMPING HEMMER |
AR045062A1 (en) * | 2003-07-18 | 2005-10-12 | Santarus Inc | PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS TO INHIBIT THE SECRETION OF ACID AND METHODS TO PREPARE AND USE THEM |
AR045068A1 (en) * | 2003-07-23 | 2005-10-12 | Univ Missouri | FORMULATION OF IMMEDIATE RELEASE OF PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS |
WO2005021056A1 (en) * | 2003-08-21 | 2005-03-10 | Cns, Inc. | Effervescent delivery system |
US7390503B1 (en) | 2003-08-22 | 2008-06-24 | Barr Laboratories, Inc. | Ondansetron orally disintegrating tablets |
WO2005027880A1 (en) * | 2003-09-25 | 2005-03-31 | Natco Pharma Limited | Enteric soft gelatin capsule containing esomeprazole and method of preparation |
TWI372066B (en) * | 2003-10-01 | 2012-09-11 | Wyeth Corp | Pantoprazole multiparticulate formulations |
WO2005044223A1 (en) * | 2003-11-07 | 2005-05-19 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Chewable tablet |
EP1736156A4 (en) * | 2004-04-15 | 2010-06-16 | Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd | STABILIZED 4-AMINO-5-CHLORO-N-¬(1R,3r,5S)-8-METHYL-8- AZABICYCLO¬3.2.1 OCT-3-YL -2-¬1-METHYLBUT-2-YNYLOXY -BENZAMIDE CONTAINING COMPOSITION |
CA2566655C (en) * | 2004-05-25 | 2013-04-16 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them |
AU2005331781C1 (en) * | 2004-05-25 | 2013-04-04 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion |
US8216610B2 (en) * | 2004-05-28 | 2012-07-10 | Imaginot Pty Ltd. | Oral paracetamol formulations |
WO2006011159A2 (en) * | 2004-06-21 | 2006-02-02 | Torrent Pharmaceuticals Limited | Stabilized pharmaceutical composition containing rabeprazole sodium with improved bioavailability |
WO2006026337A1 (en) * | 2004-08-25 | 2006-03-09 | Fairfield Clinical Trials, Llc | Combination of a proton pump inhibitor and a h2 antagonist for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease |
DE102004042139B4 (en) * | 2004-08-31 | 2009-06-10 | Aristocon Verwaltungs- Gmbh | Peroral dosage forms to achieve a retarding effect after drug intake with a meal |
US20060165797A1 (en) * | 2005-01-12 | 2006-07-27 | Pozen Inc. | Dosage form for treating gastrointestinal disorders |
WO2006116582A2 (en) * | 2005-04-26 | 2006-11-02 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a substituted benzimidazole, buffering agent and vitamin b12 |
EP1879577A1 (en) * | 2005-05-04 | 2008-01-23 | AstraZeneca AB | Proton pump inhibitors in the treatment of sleep disturbance due to silent gastro-esophageal reflux |
US7803817B2 (en) * | 2005-05-11 | 2010-09-28 | Vecta, Ltd. | Composition and methods for inhibiting gastric acid secretion |
US7981908B2 (en) | 2005-05-11 | 2011-07-19 | Vecta, Ltd. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting gastric acid secretion |
US20100086572A1 (en) * | 2005-05-13 | 2010-04-08 | Rajneesh Taneja | Rational ppi dosage forms |
FR2885526B1 (en) * | 2005-05-13 | 2007-07-27 | Flamel Technologies Sa | ORAL MEDICINE BASED ON PROTON PUMP INHIBITOR |
EP1934201A1 (en) * | 2005-10-06 | 2008-06-25 | Auspex Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Deuterated inhibitors of gastric h+, k+-atpase with enhanced therapeutic properties |
EP3449928A1 (en) | 2005-11-28 | 2019-03-06 | Imaginot Pty Ltd. | Oral therapeutic compound delivery system |
EP1967184A4 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2011-02-16 | Takeda Pharmaceutical | Controlled release solid preparation |
BRPI0620787A2 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2011-11-22 | Takeda Pharmaceutical | solid preparation |
CH698658B1 (en) * | 2006-04-24 | 2009-09-30 | Mepha Ag | An oral pharmaceutical formulation with rapid release for pyridylmethylsulfinyl-benzimidazoles. |
EP2034953A4 (en) * | 2006-06-26 | 2013-05-15 | Capricorn Pharma Inc | Orally disintegrating layered compositions |
WO2008002567A2 (en) * | 2006-06-27 | 2008-01-03 | Alza Corporation | Methods of treating conditions by sustained release administration of benzimidazole derivatives |
PL2046334T3 (en) | 2006-07-25 | 2015-02-27 | Vecta Ltd | Compositions and meth0ds for inhibiting gastric acide secretion using derivatives of small dicarboxylic acids in combination with ppi |
EP2049123B2 (en) | 2006-08-03 | 2016-08-24 | Horizon Pharma AG | Delayed-release glucocorticoid treatment of rheumatoid disease |
CN101134036B (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2013-05-01 | 信谊药厂 | Preparations containing rebeprazole and sodium bicarbonate and method for preparing the same |
GB2459393B (en) * | 2006-10-05 | 2010-09-08 | Santarus Inc | Novel capsule formulation for the proton pump inhibitor omeprazole |
EP2086543A2 (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2009-08-12 | The Curators of the University of Missouri | Compositions comprising at least one acid labile proton pump inhibiting agents, optionally other pharmaceutically active agents and methods of using same |
US20080194307A1 (en) * | 2007-02-13 | 2008-08-14 | Jeff Sanger | Sports-based game of chance |
WO2009091986A1 (en) * | 2008-01-16 | 2009-07-23 | Lankenau Institute For Medical Research | Use of proton pump inhibitors as drug delivery adjuvants |
WO2009104080A2 (en) | 2008-02-20 | 2009-08-27 | Targia Pharmaceuticals | Cns pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use |
US20090280173A1 (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2009-11-12 | Ishwar Chauhan | Multilayer Omeprazole Tablets |
WO2009137648A1 (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2009-11-12 | Aptapharma, Inc. | Multilayer proton pump inhibitor tablets |
CA2749646A1 (en) * | 2009-01-26 | 2010-07-29 | Nitec Pharma Ag | Delayed-release glucocorticoid treatment of asthma |
NZ582836A (en) * | 2009-01-30 | 2011-06-30 | Nitec Pharma Ag | Delayed-release glucocorticoid treatment of rheumatoid arthritis by improving signs and symptoms, showing major or complete clinical response and by preventing from joint damage |
CN101836983A (en) * | 2009-03-17 | 2010-09-22 | 北京利乐生制药科技有限公司 | Lansoprazole-containing pharmaceutical preparation and preparation method thereof |
CN101843600A (en) * | 2009-03-23 | 2010-09-29 | 杭州锐思医药科技有限公司 | Quick-release capsules of proton pump inhibitor |
US8682440B2 (en) | 2009-08-03 | 2014-03-25 | Incube Labs, Llc | Swallowable capsule and method for stimulating incretin production within the intestinal tract |
CN101711753B (en) * | 2009-10-16 | 2013-06-19 | 扬子江药业集团四川海蓉药业有限公司 | Preparation method of lansoprazole solid preparation |
GB2475291B (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2012-03-28 | Kraft Foods R & D Inc | Beverage preparation machines |
WO2011112229A2 (en) * | 2010-03-10 | 2011-09-15 | Incube Labs, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US8562589B2 (en) | 2009-12-24 | 2013-10-22 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Swallowable drug delivery device and method of delivery |
US8734429B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2014-05-27 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Device, system and methods for the oral delivery of therapeutic compounds |
US8969293B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2015-03-03 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations comprising exenatide for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US8809271B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2014-08-19 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations comprising liraglutide for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US8846040B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2014-09-30 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations comprising etanercept for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US8764733B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2014-07-01 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US9402806B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-08-02 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US8980822B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2015-03-17 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations comprising pramlintide for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US9149617B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2015-10-06 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Device, system and methods for the oral delivery of therapeutic compounds |
US9259386B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-02-16 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic preparation comprising somatostatin or somatostatin analogoue for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US8809269B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2014-08-19 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations comprising insulin for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US9629799B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2017-04-25 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US9284367B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-03-15 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US10639272B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2020-05-05 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Methods for delivering etanercept preparations into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US9861683B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2018-01-09 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US9415004B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-08-16 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US9402807B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-08-02 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | Therapeutic agent preparations for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
US9283179B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-03-15 | Rani Therapeutics, Llc | GnRH preparations for delivery into a lumen of the intestinal tract using a swallowable drug delivery device |
CN102688196B (en) * | 2012-05-21 | 2014-02-19 | 杭州华东医药集团新药研究院有限公司 | Omeprazole pellets and preparation method thereof |
RU2501549C1 (en) * | 2012-08-30 | 2013-12-20 | Авва Девелопмент Лтд | Pharmaceutical composition for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease |
US9623047B2 (en) | 2012-12-27 | 2017-04-18 | Photo Finish Supplements, Llc | Composition and method for improving gastrointestinal health of equine |
WO2016092387A1 (en) * | 2014-12-12 | 2016-06-16 | Jagadeesh Induru | Powder combinations to get in-situ sponge/patch -gel/sol formulations |
US11590165B2 (en) * | 2014-12-17 | 2023-02-28 | Bausch Health Companies Inc. | Formulations of calcium and phosphate for oral inflammation |
US20170042806A1 (en) | 2015-04-29 | 2017-02-16 | Dexcel Pharma Technologies Ltd. | Orally disintegrating compositions |
US20190240187A1 (en) * | 2015-11-27 | 2019-08-08 | Symrise Ag | Oral preparations with omeprazole or pantoprazole |
US10076494B2 (en) | 2016-06-16 | 2018-09-18 | Dexcel Pharma Technologies Ltd. | Stable orally disintegrating pharmaceutical compositions |
US11207307B2 (en) | 2016-06-16 | 2021-12-28 | Azurity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Composition and method for proton pump inhibitor suspension |
EP3496714A4 (en) | 2016-08-11 | 2020-04-22 | Adamis Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Drug compositions |
WO2019113493A1 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2019-06-13 | Adamis Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Drug compositions |
CN108159059A (en) * | 2017-12-15 | 2018-06-15 | 哈尔滨珍宝制药有限公司 | A kind of pharmaceutical composition comprising Esomeprazole sodium and preparation method thereof |
KR102080023B1 (en) | 2018-01-29 | 2020-02-21 | 주식회사 종근당 | Stable pharmaceutical composition comprising esomeprazole and sodium bicarbonate |
KR102006777B1 (en) | 2018-01-29 | 2019-10-08 | 주식회사 종근당 | Pharmaceutical formulation comprising esomeprazole and sodium bicarbonate |
RU2694527C1 (en) | 2018-02-06 | 2019-07-16 | Шмуэль Борис Левит | Combination for regenerative therapy of type 1 diabetes mellitus |
US11633478B2 (en) | 2019-07-16 | 2023-04-25 | Azurity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and kits for Omeprazole suspension |
US10751333B1 (en) | 2019-07-16 | 2020-08-25 | Cutispharma, Inc. | Compositions and kits for omeprazole suspension |
US20220288045A1 (en) * | 2019-07-26 | 2022-09-15 | Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical Corp. | Stable Pharmaceutical Composition Comprising Esomeprazole And Sodium Bicarbonate |
TW202126301A (en) | 2019-10-04 | 2021-07-16 | 愛爾蘭商席歐拉斯製藥有限公司 | Pediatric suspension formulation |
KR102573842B1 (en) * | 2020-02-21 | 2023-09-01 | 주식회사 종근당 | Pharmaceutical composition comprising esomeprazole and sodium bicarbonate having improved drug release properties |
KR102276547B1 (en) * | 2020-09-04 | 2021-07-13 | 주식회사유한양행 | A pharmaceutical composition in a tablet form comprising omeprazole, esomeprazole or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a process for preparing the same |
Citations (88)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US399700A (en) * | 1889-03-19 | Twine-holder | ||
US4045564A (en) * | 1974-02-18 | 1977-08-30 | Ab Hassle | Benzimidazole derivatives useful as gastric acid secretion inhibitors |
US4182766A (en) * | 1977-09-19 | 1980-01-08 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Naphth[2,3-d]imidazoles |
US4252790A (en) * | 1974-10-23 | 1981-02-24 | Interx Research Corporation | Method for treating gastric ulcer-prone patients |
US4255431A (en) * | 1978-04-14 | 1981-03-10 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Gastric acid secretion inhibiting substituted 2-(2-benzimidazolyl)-pyridines, pharmaceutical preparations containing same, and method for inhibiting gastric acid secretion |
US4472409A (en) * | 1981-11-05 | 1984-09-18 | Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung | 2-Pyridylmethyl thio(sulfinyl)benzimidazoles with gastric acid secretion inhibiting effects |
US4613497A (en) * | 1984-02-29 | 1986-09-23 | Health Products Development, Inc. | Dry, water-foamable pharmaceutical compositions |
US4636499A (en) * | 1984-06-13 | 1987-01-13 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Sulphenamides |
US4689333A (en) * | 1984-08-16 | 1987-08-25 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | 2-(2-pyridylmethylthio (sulfinyl)) benzimidazoles |
US4738974A (en) * | 1983-03-04 | 1988-04-19 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Base addition salts of omeprazole |
US4853230A (en) * | 1986-04-30 | 1989-08-01 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Pharmaceutical formulations of acid labile substances for oral use |
US4985548A (en) * | 1987-04-21 | 1991-01-15 | Farmitalia Carlo Erba S.R.L. | 4-demethoxy-4-amino-anthracyclines |
US4990535A (en) * | 1989-05-03 | 1991-02-05 | Schering Corporation | Pharmaceutical composition comprising loratadine, ibuprofen and pseudoephedrine |
US5008278A (en) * | 1988-12-22 | 1991-04-16 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Therapeutically active compound and a process for its preparation |
US5013743A (en) * | 1989-02-10 | 1991-05-07 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Selective antibacterial agent against campytobacter |
US5019584A (en) * | 1988-12-22 | 1991-05-28 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Therapeutically active chloro substituted benzimidazole |
US5025024A (en) * | 1988-12-22 | 1991-06-18 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Therapeutically active fluoro-substituted compound |
US5039806A (en) * | 1983-02-11 | 1991-08-13 | Ab Hassle | Novel pharmacologically active compound pyridyl methylsulfinyl benzimidazole |
US5039132A (en) * | 1990-01-25 | 1991-08-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method and form used for ordering custom printed products |
US5041442A (en) * | 1990-07-31 | 1991-08-20 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Pyrrolo(1,2-a)pyrazines as inhibitors of gastric acid secretion |
US5045321A (en) * | 1986-02-13 | 1991-09-03 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Stabilized pharmaceutical composition and its production |
US5093342A (en) * | 1989-02-09 | 1992-03-03 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Use of omeprazole as an antimicrobial agent |
US5093343A (en) * | 1989-09-23 | 1992-03-03 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted 1,3,4-oxa (thia) diazolinones process for their preparation and their use of combating endoparasites |
US5106862A (en) * | 1986-10-27 | 1992-04-21 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Derivatives of benzimidazoles active as anti-ulcer agents |
US5124158A (en) * | 1988-06-30 | 1992-06-23 | The Upjohn Company | Transdermal antisecretory agents for gastrointestinal disease |
US5215974A (en) * | 1986-11-21 | 1993-06-01 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Certain pyridyl[(methylthio- or methyl sulfinyl)-2 benzimidazol-2-yl]N-methyl phosphonates useful for treating gastric-acid secretion related diseases |
US5219870A (en) * | 1990-02-27 | 1993-06-15 | Kwang Sik Kim | Omeprazole compositions designed for administration in rectum |
US5232706A (en) * | 1990-12-31 | 1993-08-03 | Esteve Quimica, S.A. | Oral pharmaceutical preparation containing omeprazol |
US5244670A (en) * | 1991-04-04 | 1993-09-14 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Ingestible pharmaceutical compositions for treating upper gastrointestinal tract distress |
US5288506A (en) * | 1988-04-21 | 1994-02-22 | Walton S.A. | Antacid compositions with prolonged gastric residence time |
US5294439A (en) * | 1986-06-02 | 1994-03-15 | Nippon Chemiphar Co., Ltd. | Stabilized benzimidazole derivative and composition |
US5339700A (en) * | 1991-12-16 | 1994-08-23 | Isco, Inc. | Sample collector |
US5385739A (en) * | 1992-06-16 | 1995-01-31 | Ethypharm | Stable compositions of gastroprotected omerprazole microgranules and process for the production thereof |
US5386032A (en) * | 1990-06-07 | 1995-01-31 | Aktiebolaget Astra | Method of synthesis of 5-methoxy-2-[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridinyl)-methyl]sulfinyl-1H-benzimidazole (omeprazole) |
US5391752A (en) * | 1991-09-20 | 1995-02-21 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Process for the preparation of antiulcer agents |
US5395323A (en) * | 1989-10-26 | 1995-03-07 | Aktiebolaget Astra | Dissolution system |
US5417980A (en) * | 1989-11-02 | 1995-05-23 | Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions and methods for treating the symptoms of overindulgence |
US5430042A (en) * | 1990-06-20 | 1995-07-04 | Aktiebolaget Astra | Dialkoxy-pyridinyl-benzimidazole derivatives, process for their preparation and their pharmaceutical use |
US5447923A (en) * | 1993-09-20 | 1995-09-05 | The Proctor & Gamble Company | Methods and compositions of diphenyl ether phosphate esters for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders |
US5447918A (en) * | 1992-07-27 | 1995-09-05 | Mccullough; Ricky W. | Gastrointestinal anti-irritant composition comprising sucralfate and methods of use |
US5504082A (en) * | 1992-06-01 | 1996-04-02 | Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. | Pyridine compound and pharmaceutical compostions |
US5599794A (en) * | 1992-04-24 | 1997-02-04 | Aktiebolaget Astra | Synergistic combination of a substance with gastric acid secretion inhibiting effect and an acid degradable antibiotic |
US5639478A (en) * | 1986-02-13 | 1997-06-17 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Method to stabilize a pharmaceutical composition and its production |
US5714505A (en) * | 1994-01-05 | 1998-02-03 | Astra Aktiebolag | Method for treatment of psoriasis, by omeprazole or related compounds |
US5714504A (en) * | 1993-05-28 | 1998-02-03 | Astra Aktiebolag | Compositions |
US5731002A (en) * | 1993-04-30 | 1998-03-24 | Astra Aktiebolag | Veterinary composition |
US5753265A (en) * | 1994-07-08 | 1998-05-19 | Astra Aktiebolag | Multiple unit pharmaceutical preparation |
US5762962A (en) * | 1994-10-05 | 1998-06-09 | Warner-Lambert Company | Antacid pharmaceutical composition |
US5766622A (en) * | 1996-08-14 | 1998-06-16 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Inhibiting undesirable taste in oral compositions |
US5776765A (en) * | 1994-11-28 | 1998-07-07 | Astra Aktiebolag | Method for preparing a pharmaceutically active enantiomeric or enantiomerically enriched sulfoxide compound by enantioselective bioreduction of a racemate sulfoxide compound |
US5798120A (en) * | 1993-10-12 | 1998-08-25 | Tokyo Tanabe Company Limited | Enteric granule-containing tablets |
US5814338A (en) * | 1994-07-11 | 1998-09-29 | Therapicon S.R.L. | Drug delivery system |
US5876759A (en) * | 1993-07-27 | 1999-03-02 | Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. | Rapidly disintegrating pharmaceutical dosage form and process for preparation thereof |
US5877192A (en) * | 1993-05-28 | 1999-03-02 | Astra Aktiebolag | Method for the treatment of gastric acid-related diseases and production of medication using (-) enantiomer of omeprazole |
US5885594A (en) * | 1997-03-27 | 1999-03-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Oral compositions having enhanced mouth-feel |
US5900424A (en) * | 1993-07-09 | 1999-05-04 | Astra Aktiebolag | Omeprazole magnesium salt form |
US5929244A (en) * | 1995-07-03 | 1999-07-27 | Astra Aktiebolag | Process for the optical purification of enantiomerically enriched benzimidazole derivatives |
US5939091A (en) * | 1997-05-20 | 1999-08-17 | Warner Lambert Company | Method for making fast-melt tablets |
US5948789A (en) * | 1994-07-15 | 1999-09-07 | Astra Aktiebolag | Process for synthesis of substituted sulphoxides |
US5955107A (en) * | 1997-12-12 | 1999-09-21 | Fmc Corporation | Pharmaceutical suspension tablet compositions |
US5958955A (en) * | 1995-12-15 | 1999-09-28 | Astra Aktiebolag | Method for the synthesis of a benzimidazole compound |
US6013281A (en) * | 1995-02-09 | 2000-01-11 | Astra Aktiebolag | Method of making a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a proton pump inhibitor |
US6068859A (en) * | 1994-05-06 | 2000-05-30 | Pfizer Inc. | Controlled-release dosage forms of Azithromycin |
US6090827A (en) * | 1997-05-28 | 2000-07-18 | Astrazeneca Ab | Pharmaceutical formulation of omeprazole |
US6124464A (en) * | 1996-04-26 | 2000-09-26 | Astra Aktiebolag | Process for the preparation of a magnesium salt of a substituted sulfinyl heterocycle |
US6183776B1 (en) * | 1996-01-08 | 2001-02-06 | Astra Aktiebolag | Oral pharmaceutical dosage forms comprising a proton pump inhibitor and an antacid agent or alginate |
US6239962B1 (en) * | 1999-02-09 | 2001-05-29 | General Electric Company | ARC fault circuit breaker |
US6248363B1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2001-06-19 | Lipocine, Inc. | Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions |
US6262085B1 (en) * | 1999-08-26 | 2001-07-17 | Robert R. Whittle | Alkoxy substituted Benzimidazole compounds, pharmaceutical preparations containing the same, and methods of using the same |
US6268385B1 (en) * | 1999-08-26 | 2001-07-31 | Robert R. Whittle | Dry blend pharmaceutical formulations |
US6274173B1 (en) * | 1995-07-05 | 2001-08-14 | Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gmbh | Oral pharmaceutical composition with delayed release of active ingredient for pantoprazole |
US6280773B1 (en) * | 1998-12-29 | 2001-08-28 | Il Yang Pharm. Co., Ltd. | Optimally stabilized microgranule comprising 5-pyrrolyl-2-pyridylmethylsulfinylbenzimidazole derivative |
US6284271B1 (en) * | 1997-07-01 | 2001-09-04 | Astrazeneca Ab | Multiple unit effervescent dosage form |
US20020028389A1 (en) * | 2000-07-17 | 2002-03-07 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Non-aqueous electrolyte and electrochemical device comprising the same |
US6569453B2 (en) * | 1997-12-08 | 2003-05-27 | Altana Pharma Ag | Administration form comprising an acid-labile active compound |
US20030144306A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2003-07-31 | Phillips Jeffrey O. | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US6608092B1 (en) * | 1999-06-30 | 2003-08-19 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Crystals of benzimidazole compounds |
US6608210B2 (en) * | 1990-04-27 | 2003-08-19 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Benzimidazole derivatives, their production and use |
US6608091B2 (en) * | 2001-04-20 | 2003-08-19 | Linda B. Whittall | Process for purifying 6-methoxy omeprazole |
US6623759B2 (en) * | 1996-06-28 | 2003-09-23 | Astrazeneca Ab | Stable drug form for oral administration with benzimidazole derivatives as active ingredient and process for the preparation thereof |
US20030181457A1 (en) * | 2000-06-26 | 2003-09-25 | Orme Mark W | Chemical compounds |
US6677455B2 (en) * | 1997-05-30 | 2004-01-13 | Astrazeneca Ab | Potassium salt of S-omeprazole |
US20040010151A1 (en) * | 2002-03-27 | 2004-01-15 | Nina Finkelstein | Lansoprazole polymorphs and processes for preparation thereof |
US6684276B2 (en) * | 2001-03-28 | 2004-01-27 | Thomas M. Walker | Patient encounter electronic medical record system, method, and computer product |
US6699885B2 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2004-03-02 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and methods of using same |
US6749867B2 (en) * | 2000-11-29 | 2004-06-15 | Joseph R. Robinson | Delivery system for omeprazole and its salts |
US6780852B2 (en) * | 1997-12-09 | 2004-08-24 | Bo E. Hedlund | Modified polysaccharides exhibiting altered biological recognition |
US20050054682A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2005-03-10 | Phillips Jeffrey O. | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising substituted benzimidazoles and methods of using same |
Family Cites Families (42)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US192299A (en) | 1877-06-19 | Improvement in copying-presses | ||
JPS6043064B2 (en) | 1979-11-28 | 1985-09-26 | ウェルファイド株式会社 | New isoxazole derivative |
US4359465A (en) | 1980-07-28 | 1982-11-16 | The Upjohn Company | Methods for treating gastrointestinal inflammation |
JPS57212180A (en) | 1981-06-19 | 1982-12-27 | Yoshitomi Pharmaceut Ind Ltd | Tetrahydrofuran(thiophene) compound |
SE8204879D0 (en) | 1982-08-26 | 1982-08-26 | Haessle Ab | NOVEL CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES |
RO88351A3 (en) | 1984-04-26 | 1986-04-30 | Intreprinderea De Medicamente"Terapia",Ro | COMPOSITION FOR THE TREATMENT OF GASTRODUODENAL DISEASES |
GB2189698A (en) | 1986-04-30 | 1987-11-04 | Haessle Ab | Coated omeprazole tablets |
FI90544C (en) | 1986-11-13 | 1994-02-25 | Eisai Co Ltd | Process for Preparation as Drug Useful 2-Pyridin-2-yl-methylthio- and sulfinyl-1H-benzimidazole derivatives |
US4965264A (en) | 1987-03-25 | 1990-10-23 | Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. | Thienocinnoline compounds and their pharmaceutical use |
ES2043766T3 (en) | 1987-11-11 | 1994-01-01 | Pharmascience Lab | A NEW PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES EXIFONE AND A POLYMER SOLUBLE IN WATER. |
US5075323A (en) | 1988-08-24 | 1991-12-24 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Compounds including omeprazole in the treatment of glaucoma |
KR920007437B1 (en) | 1988-09-21 | 1992-09-01 | 요시토미 세이야쿠 가부시기가이샤 | Thienocycloheptapyridazine compounds and medicinal uses thereof |
NZ230747A (en) | 1988-09-30 | 1992-05-26 | Bror Morein | Immunomodulating matrix comprising a complex of at least one lipid and at least one saponin; certain glycosylated triterpenoid saponins derived from quillaja saponaria molina |
GB8909793D0 (en) | 1989-04-28 | 1989-06-14 | Beecham Group Plc | Pharmaceutical formulation |
CA2038716A1 (en) | 1990-03-28 | 1991-09-29 | Yoshio Ueda | Stabilizer for 4-ethyl-2-hydroxyimino-5-nitro-3-hexenamide-containing preparation, stabilizing method thereof and drug stabilized thereby |
EP0465254B1 (en) | 1990-07-06 | 1996-11-13 | Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. | Fused thiophene compounds and uses thereof |
ES2024993A6 (en) | 1990-12-31 | 1992-03-01 | Genesis Para La Investigacion | Procedure for obtaining an oral pharmaceutical preparation containing omeprazole |
WO1992012976A1 (en) | 1991-01-16 | 1992-08-06 | Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. | Use of pyridine compound as selective drug and novel pyridine compound |
SE502569C2 (en) | 1991-05-31 | 1995-11-13 | British Tech Group | Use of an immunologically inert matrix of a sterol and saponins which can form spherical nanoparticles of narrow size distribution such as drug carriers, particles, composition and kits |
JPH05194225A (en) * | 1991-11-07 | 1993-08-03 | Yoshitomi Pharmaceut Ind Ltd | Stabilized antiulcer agent-containing preparation |
TW224049B (en) | 1991-12-31 | 1994-05-21 | Sunkyong Ind Ltd | |
HU226778B1 (en) | 1992-07-28 | 2009-10-28 | Astra Ab | Injection and injection kit containing omeprazole and its analogs |
JPH05194224A (en) * | 1992-09-17 | 1993-08-03 | Yoshitomi Pharmaceut Ind Ltd | Stabilized antiulcer agent-containing preparation |
SE9302395D0 (en) | 1993-07-09 | 1993-07-09 | Ab Astra | NEW PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION |
US5965162A (en) | 1993-09-10 | 1999-10-12 | Fuisz Technologies Ltd. | Process for forming chewable quickly dispersing multi-vitamin preparation and product therefrom |
US5374730A (en) | 1993-11-04 | 1994-12-20 | Torcan Chemical Ltd. | Preparation of omeprazole and lansoprazole |
CZ289804B6 (en) | 1994-07-08 | 2002-04-17 | Astrazeneca Ab | Multiple units tableted dosage form |
SE9500422D0 (en) | 1995-02-06 | 1995-02-06 | Astra Ab | New oral pharmaceutical dosage forms |
SE9503102D0 (en) | 1995-09-08 | 1995-09-08 | Astra Ab | Aseptic transfer |
TR199800697T2 (en) | 1995-10-17 | 1998-07-21 | Astra Pharmaceuticals Limited | Pharmaceutically active quinazoline compounds. |
US5840737A (en) | 1996-01-04 | 1998-11-24 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Omeprazole solution and method for using same |
SE512835C2 (en) | 1996-01-08 | 2000-05-22 | Astrazeneca Ab | Dosage form containing a plurality of units all containing acid labile H + K + ATPase inhibitors |
SE9600072D0 (en) | 1996-01-08 | 1996-01-08 | Astra Ab | New oral formulation of two active ingredients II |
US5972389A (en) | 1996-09-19 | 1999-10-26 | Depomed, Inc. | Gastric-retentive, oral drug dosage forms for the controlled-release of sparingly soluble drugs and insoluble matter |
SE510666C2 (en) | 1996-12-20 | 1999-06-14 | Astra Ab | New Crystal Modifications |
KR100627614B1 (en) | 1998-04-20 | 2006-09-25 | 에자이 가부시키가이샤 | Medicament comprising stabilized compositions containing benzimidazole-type compounds |
US6166213A (en) | 1998-08-11 | 2000-12-26 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Omeprazole process and compositions thereof |
WO2000026185A2 (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2000-05-11 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Omeprazole solution and method of using same |
UA72748C2 (en) | 1998-11-10 | 2005-04-15 | Astrazeneca Ab | A novel crystalline form of omeprazole |
JP2000212180A (en) | 1999-01-21 | 2000-08-02 | Welfide Corp | Quinoline compound |
CA2378018A1 (en) * | 1999-07-12 | 2001-01-18 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Heartburn treatment |
US20020192299A1 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2002-12-19 | Rajneesh Taneja | Pharmaceutical compositions of a non-enteric coated proton pump inhibitor with a carbonate salt and bicarbonate salt combination |
-
2001
- 2001-07-09 US US09/901,942 patent/US6645988B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2002
- 2002-07-08 EP EP10157716A patent/EP2201952A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2002-07-08 CN CNA028172493A patent/CN1551768A/en active Pending
- 2002-07-08 KR KR10-2004-7000345A patent/KR20040047771A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-07-08 WO PCT/US2002/021368 patent/WO2003009846A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2002-07-08 EP EP02768296A patent/EP1414452A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2002-07-08 CA CA2453117A patent/CA2453117C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-07-08 PL PL02367272A patent/PL367272A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-07-08 MX MXPA04000223A patent/MXPA04000223A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2002-07-08 BR BR0210971-9A patent/BR0210971A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-07-08 EA EA200400154A patent/EA200400154A1/en unknown
- 2002-07-08 IL IL15972502A patent/IL159725A0/en unknown
- 2002-07-08 JP JP2003515238A patent/JP2004521955A/en active Pending
- 2002-07-08 AU AU2002330863A patent/AU2002330863B2/en not_active Ceased
-
2003
- 2003-04-18 US US10/418,410 patent/US20040048896A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2004
- 2004-01-08 NO NO20040072A patent/NO20040072L/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2004-01-13 ZA ZA200400241A patent/ZA200400241B/en unknown
Patent Citations (98)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US399700A (en) * | 1889-03-19 | Twine-holder | ||
US4045564A (en) * | 1974-02-18 | 1977-08-30 | Ab Hassle | Benzimidazole derivatives useful as gastric acid secretion inhibitors |
US4252790A (en) * | 1974-10-23 | 1981-02-24 | Interx Research Corporation | Method for treating gastric ulcer-prone patients |
US4182766A (en) * | 1977-09-19 | 1980-01-08 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Naphth[2,3-d]imidazoles |
US4508905A (en) * | 1978-04-14 | 1985-04-02 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Substituted 2-(-benzimidazolyl)pyridines |
US4255431A (en) * | 1978-04-14 | 1981-03-10 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Gastric acid secretion inhibiting substituted 2-(2-benzimidazolyl)-pyridines, pharmaceutical preparations containing same, and method for inhibiting gastric acid secretion |
US4337257A (en) * | 1978-04-14 | 1982-06-29 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Gastric acid secretion inhibiting substituted 2-(2-benzimidazolyl)-pyridines, their preparation, pharmaceutical preparations containing same, and method for inhibiting gastric acid secretion |
US4472409A (en) * | 1981-11-05 | 1984-09-18 | Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung | 2-Pyridylmethyl thio(sulfinyl)benzimidazoles with gastric acid secretion inhibiting effects |
US5039806A (en) * | 1983-02-11 | 1991-08-13 | Ab Hassle | Novel pharmacologically active compound pyridyl methylsulfinyl benzimidazole |
US4738974A (en) * | 1983-03-04 | 1988-04-19 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Base addition salts of omeprazole |
US4613497A (en) * | 1984-02-29 | 1986-09-23 | Health Products Development, Inc. | Dry, water-foamable pharmaceutical compositions |
US4636499A (en) * | 1984-06-13 | 1987-01-13 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Sulphenamides |
US4725691A (en) * | 1984-06-13 | 1988-02-16 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | 2-[8-quinolinyl]-sulphinyl-1H-benzimidazole |
US4689333A (en) * | 1984-08-16 | 1987-08-25 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | 2-(2-pyridylmethylthio (sulfinyl)) benzimidazoles |
US5639478A (en) * | 1986-02-13 | 1997-06-17 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Method to stabilize a pharmaceutical composition and its production |
US6017560A (en) * | 1986-02-13 | 2000-01-25 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Process for producing stabilized pharmaceutical composition |
US5879708A (en) * | 1986-02-13 | 1999-03-09 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Stabilized pharmaceutical composition |
US5045321A (en) * | 1986-02-13 | 1991-09-03 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Stabilized pharmaceutical composition and its production |
US4853230A (en) * | 1986-04-30 | 1989-08-01 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Pharmaceutical formulations of acid labile substances for oral use |
US5294439A (en) * | 1986-06-02 | 1994-03-15 | Nippon Chemiphar Co., Ltd. | Stabilized benzimidazole derivative and composition |
US5106862A (en) * | 1986-10-27 | 1992-04-21 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Derivatives of benzimidazoles active as anti-ulcer agents |
US5215974A (en) * | 1986-11-21 | 1993-06-01 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Certain pyridyl[(methylthio- or methyl sulfinyl)-2 benzimidazol-2-yl]N-methyl phosphonates useful for treating gastric-acid secretion related diseases |
US4985548A (en) * | 1987-04-21 | 1991-01-15 | Farmitalia Carlo Erba S.R.L. | 4-demethoxy-4-amino-anthracyclines |
US5288506A (en) * | 1988-04-21 | 1994-02-22 | Walton S.A. | Antacid compositions with prolonged gastric residence time |
US5124158A (en) * | 1988-06-30 | 1992-06-23 | The Upjohn Company | Transdermal antisecretory agents for gastrointestinal disease |
US5025024A (en) * | 1988-12-22 | 1991-06-18 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Therapeutically active fluoro-substituted compound |
US5019584A (en) * | 1988-12-22 | 1991-05-28 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Therapeutically active chloro substituted benzimidazole |
US5008278A (en) * | 1988-12-22 | 1991-04-16 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Therapeutically active compound and a process for its preparation |
US5093342A (en) * | 1989-02-09 | 1992-03-03 | Aktiebolaget Hassle | Use of omeprazole as an antimicrobial agent |
US5013743A (en) * | 1989-02-10 | 1991-05-07 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Selective antibacterial agent against campytobacter |
US4990535A (en) * | 1989-05-03 | 1991-02-05 | Schering Corporation | Pharmaceutical composition comprising loratadine, ibuprofen and pseudoephedrine |
US5093343A (en) * | 1989-09-23 | 1992-03-03 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted 1,3,4-oxa (thia) diazolinones process for their preparation and their use of combating endoparasites |
US5395323A (en) * | 1989-10-26 | 1995-03-07 | Aktiebolaget Astra | Dissolution system |
US5417980A (en) * | 1989-11-02 | 1995-05-23 | Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions and methods for treating the symptoms of overindulgence |
US5039132A (en) * | 1990-01-25 | 1991-08-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method and form used for ordering custom printed products |
US5219870A (en) * | 1990-02-27 | 1993-06-15 | Kwang Sik Kim | Omeprazole compositions designed for administration in rectum |
US6608210B2 (en) * | 1990-04-27 | 2003-08-19 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Benzimidazole derivatives, their production and use |
US5386032A (en) * | 1990-06-07 | 1995-01-31 | Aktiebolaget Astra | Method of synthesis of 5-methoxy-2-[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridinyl)-methyl]sulfinyl-1H-benzimidazole (omeprazole) |
US5430042A (en) * | 1990-06-20 | 1995-07-04 | Aktiebolaget Astra | Dialkoxy-pyridinyl-benzimidazole derivatives, process for their preparation and their pharmaceutical use |
US5041442A (en) * | 1990-07-31 | 1991-08-20 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Pyrrolo(1,2-a)pyrazines as inhibitors of gastric acid secretion |
US5232706A (en) * | 1990-12-31 | 1993-08-03 | Esteve Quimica, S.A. | Oral pharmaceutical preparation containing omeprazol |
US5244670A (en) * | 1991-04-04 | 1993-09-14 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Ingestible pharmaceutical compositions for treating upper gastrointestinal tract distress |
US5391752A (en) * | 1991-09-20 | 1995-02-21 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Process for the preparation of antiulcer agents |
US5339700A (en) * | 1991-12-16 | 1994-08-23 | Isco, Inc. | Sample collector |
US5599794A (en) * | 1992-04-24 | 1997-02-04 | Aktiebolaget Astra | Synergistic combination of a substance with gastric acid secretion inhibiting effect and an acid degradable antibiotic |
US5629305A (en) * | 1992-04-24 | 1997-05-13 | Astra Aktiebolag | Synergistic combination of a substance with gastric acid secretion inhibiting effect and an acid degradable antibiotic |
US5633244A (en) * | 1992-04-24 | 1997-05-27 | Astra Aktiebolag | Synergistic combination of a substance with gastric acid secretion inhibiting effect and an acid degradable antibiotic |
US5504082A (en) * | 1992-06-01 | 1996-04-02 | Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. | Pyridine compound and pharmaceutical compostions |
US5385739A (en) * | 1992-06-16 | 1995-01-31 | Ethypharm | Stable compositions of gastroprotected omerprazole microgranules and process for the production thereof |
US5447918A (en) * | 1992-07-27 | 1995-09-05 | Mccullough; Ricky W. | Gastrointestinal anti-irritant composition comprising sucralfate and methods of use |
US5731002A (en) * | 1993-04-30 | 1998-03-24 | Astra Aktiebolag | Veterinary composition |
US5714504A (en) * | 1993-05-28 | 1998-02-03 | Astra Aktiebolag | Compositions |
US5877192A (en) * | 1993-05-28 | 1999-03-02 | Astra Aktiebolag | Method for the treatment of gastric acid-related diseases and production of medication using (-) enantiomer of omeprazole |
US5900424A (en) * | 1993-07-09 | 1999-05-04 | Astra Aktiebolag | Omeprazole magnesium salt form |
US5876759A (en) * | 1993-07-27 | 1999-03-02 | Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. | Rapidly disintegrating pharmaceutical dosage form and process for preparation thereof |
US5447923A (en) * | 1993-09-20 | 1995-09-05 | The Proctor & Gamble Company | Methods and compositions of diphenyl ether phosphate esters for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders |
US5798120A (en) * | 1993-10-12 | 1998-08-25 | Tokyo Tanabe Company Limited | Enteric granule-containing tablets |
US5714505A (en) * | 1994-01-05 | 1998-02-03 | Astra Aktiebolag | Method for treatment of psoriasis, by omeprazole or related compounds |
US6068859A (en) * | 1994-05-06 | 2000-05-30 | Pfizer Inc. | Controlled-release dosage forms of Azithromycin |
US5753265A (en) * | 1994-07-08 | 1998-05-19 | Astra Aktiebolag | Multiple unit pharmaceutical preparation |
US5814338A (en) * | 1994-07-11 | 1998-09-29 | Therapicon S.R.L. | Drug delivery system |
US5948789A (en) * | 1994-07-15 | 1999-09-07 | Astra Aktiebolag | Process for synthesis of substituted sulphoxides |
US5762962A (en) * | 1994-10-05 | 1998-06-09 | Warner-Lambert Company | Antacid pharmaceutical composition |
US5776765A (en) * | 1994-11-28 | 1998-07-07 | Astra Aktiebolag | Method for preparing a pharmaceutically active enantiomeric or enantiomerically enriched sulfoxide compound by enantioselective bioreduction of a racemate sulfoxide compound |
US6013281A (en) * | 1995-02-09 | 2000-01-11 | Astra Aktiebolag | Method of making a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a proton pump inhibitor |
US5929244A (en) * | 1995-07-03 | 1999-07-27 | Astra Aktiebolag | Process for the optical purification of enantiomerically enriched benzimidazole derivatives |
US6274173B1 (en) * | 1995-07-05 | 2001-08-14 | Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gmbh | Oral pharmaceutical composition with delayed release of active ingredient for pantoprazole |
US5958955A (en) * | 1995-12-15 | 1999-09-28 | Astra Aktiebolag | Method for the synthesis of a benzimidazole compound |
US20050054682A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2005-03-10 | Phillips Jeffrey O. | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising substituted benzimidazoles and methods of using same |
US20040058018A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2004-03-25 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US6699885B2 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2004-03-02 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and methods of using same |
US20050004171A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2005-01-06 | Phillips Jeffrey O. | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US20050042304A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2005-02-24 | Phillips Jeffrey Owen | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US20030144306A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2003-07-31 | Phillips Jeffrey O. | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US6183776B1 (en) * | 1996-01-08 | 2001-02-06 | Astra Aktiebolag | Oral pharmaceutical dosage forms comprising a proton pump inhibitor and an antacid agent or alginate |
US6124464A (en) * | 1996-04-26 | 2000-09-26 | Astra Aktiebolag | Process for the preparation of a magnesium salt of a substituted sulfinyl heterocycle |
US6623759B2 (en) * | 1996-06-28 | 2003-09-23 | Astrazeneca Ab | Stable drug form for oral administration with benzimidazole derivatives as active ingredient and process for the preparation thereof |
US5766622A (en) * | 1996-08-14 | 1998-06-16 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Inhibiting undesirable taste in oral compositions |
US5885594A (en) * | 1997-03-27 | 1999-03-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Oral compositions having enhanced mouth-feel |
US5939091A (en) * | 1997-05-20 | 1999-08-17 | Warner Lambert Company | Method for making fast-melt tablets |
US6090827A (en) * | 1997-05-28 | 2000-07-18 | Astrazeneca Ab | Pharmaceutical formulation of omeprazole |
US6677455B2 (en) * | 1997-05-30 | 2004-01-13 | Astrazeneca Ab | Potassium salt of S-omeprazole |
US6284271B1 (en) * | 1997-07-01 | 2001-09-04 | Astrazeneca Ab | Multiple unit effervescent dosage form |
US6569453B2 (en) * | 1997-12-08 | 2003-05-27 | Altana Pharma Ag | Administration form comprising an acid-labile active compound |
US6780852B2 (en) * | 1997-12-09 | 2004-08-24 | Bo E. Hedlund | Modified polysaccharides exhibiting altered biological recognition |
US5955107A (en) * | 1997-12-12 | 1999-09-21 | Fmc Corporation | Pharmaceutical suspension tablet compositions |
US6280773B1 (en) * | 1998-12-29 | 2001-08-28 | Il Yang Pharm. Co., Ltd. | Optimally stabilized microgranule comprising 5-pyrrolyl-2-pyridylmethylsulfinylbenzimidazole derivative |
US6239962B1 (en) * | 1999-02-09 | 2001-05-29 | General Electric Company | ARC fault circuit breaker |
US6608092B1 (en) * | 1999-06-30 | 2003-08-19 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Crystals of benzimidazole compounds |
US6268385B1 (en) * | 1999-08-26 | 2001-07-31 | Robert R. Whittle | Dry blend pharmaceutical formulations |
US6262085B1 (en) * | 1999-08-26 | 2001-07-17 | Robert R. Whittle | Alkoxy substituted Benzimidazole compounds, pharmaceutical preparations containing the same, and methods of using the same |
US6248363B1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2001-06-19 | Lipocine, Inc. | Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions |
US20030181457A1 (en) * | 2000-06-26 | 2003-09-25 | Orme Mark W | Chemical compounds |
US20020028389A1 (en) * | 2000-07-17 | 2002-03-07 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Non-aqueous electrolyte and electrochemical device comprising the same |
US6749867B2 (en) * | 2000-11-29 | 2004-06-15 | Joseph R. Robinson | Delivery system for omeprazole and its salts |
US6684276B2 (en) * | 2001-03-28 | 2004-01-27 | Thomas M. Walker | Patient encounter electronic medical record system, method, and computer product |
US6608091B2 (en) * | 2001-04-20 | 2003-08-19 | Linda B. Whittall | Process for purifying 6-methoxy omeprazole |
US20040010151A1 (en) * | 2002-03-27 | 2004-01-15 | Nina Finkelstein | Lansoprazole polymorphs and processes for preparation thereof |
Cited By (102)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030215527A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2003-11-20 | Phillips Jeffrey Owen | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US20040058018A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2004-03-25 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US20040171646A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2004-09-02 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US20050004171A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2005-01-06 | Phillips Jeffrey O. | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US20050042304A1 (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 2005-02-24 | Phillips Jeffrey Owen | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
US7399772B2 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2008-07-15 | Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
USRE45198E1 (en) | 1996-01-04 | 2014-10-14 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Omeprazole solution and method for using same |
US20030236236A1 (en) * | 1999-06-30 | 2003-12-25 | Feng-Jing Chen | Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms for administration of hydrophobic drugs |
US20100137271A1 (en) * | 1999-06-30 | 2010-06-03 | Lipocine, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms for administration of hydrophobic drugs |
US20060034937A1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2006-02-16 | Mahesh Patel | Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions |
US20030180352A1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2003-09-25 | Patel Mahesh V. | Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions |
US20090074859A1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2009-03-19 | Mahesh Patel | Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions |
US9707181B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2017-07-18 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDs |
US9364439B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2016-06-14 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDs |
US8852636B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2014-10-07 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDs |
US8206741B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2012-06-26 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDs |
US9161920B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2015-10-20 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDs |
US9198888B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2015-12-01 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDs |
US9345695B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2016-05-24 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDs |
US8865190B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2014-10-21 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDs |
US8557285B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2013-10-15 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDs |
US8858996B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2014-10-14 | Pozen Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for the coordinated delivery of NSAIDS |
US20040248942A1 (en) * | 2003-02-20 | 2004-12-09 | Bonnie Hepburn | Novel formulation, omeprazole antacid complex-immediate release for rapid and sustained suppression of gastric acid |
US20040265370A1 (en) * | 2003-06-26 | 2004-12-30 | Isa Odidi | Oral multi-functional pharmaceutical capsule preparations of proton pump inhibitors |
US20070166370A1 (en) * | 2003-06-26 | 2007-07-19 | Isa Odidi | Proton pump-inhibitor-containing capsules which comprise subunits differently structured for a delayed release of the active ingredient |
US8802139B2 (en) | 2003-06-26 | 2014-08-12 | Intellipharmaceutics Corp. | Proton pump-inhibitor-containing capsules which comprise subunits differently structured for a delayed release of the active ingredient |
US8603520B2 (en) | 2003-06-26 | 2013-12-10 | Intellipharmaceutics Corp. | Oral multi-functional pharmaceutical capsule preparations of proton pump inhibitors |
US20100129442A1 (en) * | 2003-06-26 | 2010-05-27 | Isa Odidi | Oral Multi-Functional Pharmaceutical Capsule Preparations Of Proton Pump Inhibitors |
US9636306B2 (en) | 2003-06-26 | 2017-05-02 | Intellipharmaceutics Corp. | Proton pump-inhibitor-containing capsules which comprise subunits differently structured for a delayed release of the active ingredient |
US20050031700A1 (en) * | 2003-07-18 | 2005-02-10 | Sanatarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulation and method for treating acid-caused gastrointestinal disorders |
US20100297220A1 (en) * | 2003-07-18 | 2010-11-25 | Santarus, Inc | Pharmaceutical Formulation And Method For Treating Acid-Caused Gastrointestinal Disorders |
US20060204585A1 (en) * | 2003-07-18 | 2006-09-14 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them |
US8993599B2 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2015-03-31 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them |
US20060003002A1 (en) * | 2003-11-03 | 2006-01-05 | Lipocine, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions with synchronized solubilizer release |
US20070292498A1 (en) * | 2003-11-05 | 2007-12-20 | Warren Hall | Combinations of proton pump inhibitors, sleep aids, buffers and pain relievers |
US20050266071A1 (en) * | 2004-05-25 | 2005-12-01 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them |
US20060147522A1 (en) * | 2004-05-25 | 2006-07-06 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them |
US8815916B2 (en) | 2004-05-25 | 2014-08-26 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them |
US8906940B2 (en) | 2004-05-25 | 2014-12-09 | Santarus, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them |
US20060003007A1 (en) * | 2004-07-01 | 2006-01-05 | Isa Odidi | Controlled extended drug release technology |
US8394409B2 (en) | 2004-07-01 | 2013-03-12 | Intellipharmaceutics Corp. | Controlled extended drug release technology |
US10624858B2 (en) | 2004-08-23 | 2020-04-21 | Intellipharmaceutics Corp | Controlled release composition using transition coating, and method of preparing same |
US20080102133A1 (en) * | 2004-10-05 | 2008-05-01 | Antje Brueck-Scheffler | Oral Pharmaceutical Preparation for Proton Pump Antagonists |
WO2006037763A1 (en) * | 2004-10-05 | 2006-04-13 | Altana Pharma Ag | Oral pharmaceutical preparation for proton pump antagonists |
US20080020053A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2008-01-24 | Astrazeneca Ab | Solid Dosage Form Comprising Proton Pump Inhibitor and Suspension Made Thereof |
US20060134210A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-22 | Astrazeneca Ab | Solid dosage form comprising proton pump inhibitor and suspension made thereof |
US10064828B1 (en) | 2005-12-23 | 2018-09-04 | Intellipharmaceutics Corp. | Pulsed extended-pulsed and extended-pulsed pulsed drug delivery systems |
US20090220613A1 (en) * | 2006-04-03 | 2009-09-03 | Isa Odidi | Controlled release delivery device comprising an organosol coat |
US9561188B2 (en) | 2006-04-03 | 2017-02-07 | Intellipharmaceutics Corporation | Controlled release delivery device comprising an organosol coat |
US10632205B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2020-04-28 | Intellipharmaceutics Corp | Pharmaceutical composition having reduced abuse potential |
US9078827B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2015-07-14 | Isa Odidi | Pharmaceutical composition having reduced abuse potential |
US10960077B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2021-03-30 | Intellipharmaceutics Corp. | Abuse and alcohol resistant drug composition |
US20080166423A1 (en) * | 2007-01-06 | 2008-07-10 | Renjit Sundharadas | Combination Medication for Treating the Effects of Stomach Acid Reduction Medication on Bone Integrity |
US20090092658A1 (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2009-04-09 | Santarus, Inc. | Novel formulations of proton pump inhibitors and methods of using these formulations |
US20100130542A1 (en) * | 2008-02-20 | 2010-05-27 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Composition Comprising a Combination of Omeprazole and Lansoprazole, and a Buffering Agent, and Methods of Using Same |
US8247440B2 (en) | 2008-02-20 | 2012-08-21 | Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Composition comprising omeprazole, lansoprazole and at least one buffering agent |
US9351966B2 (en) | 2008-02-20 | 2016-05-31 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Composition comprising a combination of omeprazole and lansoprazole, and a buffering agent, and methods of using same |
US20110044519A1 (en) * | 2008-03-13 | 2011-02-24 | Levasseur Jr Donald P | Multi-Function, Foot-Activated Controller for Imaging System |
US9393208B2 (en) | 2008-09-09 | 2016-07-19 | Pozen Inc. | Method for delivering a pharmaceutical composition to patient in need thereof |
US9220698B2 (en) | 2008-09-09 | 2015-12-29 | Pozen Inc. | Method for delivering a pharmaceutical composition to patient in need thereof |
US20100062064A1 (en) * | 2008-09-09 | 2010-03-11 | Astrazeneca Uk Ltd. | Method for Delivering A Pharmaceutical Composition to Patient in Need Thereof |
US9801824B2 (en) | 2008-09-09 | 2017-10-31 | Pozen Inc. | Method for delivering a pharmaceutical composition to patient in need thereof |
US11304960B2 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2022-04-19 | Chandrashekar Giliyar | Steroidal compositions |
US8865695B2 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2014-10-21 | Lipocine Inc. | Steroidal compositions |
US11052096B2 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2021-07-06 | Lipocine Inc. | Steroidal compositions |
US20100173882A1 (en) * | 2009-01-08 | 2010-07-08 | Lipocine, Inc. | Steroidal Compositions |
US8778922B2 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2014-07-15 | Lipocine Inc. | Steroidal compositions |
US20110008432A1 (en) * | 2009-06-25 | 2011-01-13 | Pozen Inc. | Method for Treating a Patient in Need of Aspirin Therapy |
US8945621B2 (en) | 2009-06-25 | 2015-02-03 | Pozen Inc. | Method for treating a patient at risk for developing an NSAID-associated ulcer |
WO2011063150A3 (en) * | 2009-11-20 | 2011-09-15 | Handa Pharmaceuticals, Llc | Oral formulation for dexlansoprazole |
CN102821766A (en) * | 2009-11-20 | 2012-12-12 | 汉达医药有限责任公司 | Oral formulation for dexlansoprazole |
CN105343885A (en) * | 2009-11-20 | 2016-02-24 | 汉达医药有限责任公司 | Oral formulation for dexlansoprazole |
US9186409B2 (en) | 2010-04-23 | 2015-11-17 | S-Biotek Holidng Aps | Solid pharmaceutical composition for neutralizing stomach acid |
US9757390B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2017-09-12 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US10881671B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2021-01-05 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US11433083B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2022-09-06 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US11364249B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2022-06-21 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US9943527B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2018-04-17 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US9949985B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2018-04-24 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US11364250B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2022-06-21 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US11311555B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2022-04-26 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US10226473B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2019-03-12 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US9034858B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2015-05-19 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US10973833B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2021-04-13 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US9480690B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2016-11-01 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US9358241B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2016-06-07 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US10716794B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2020-07-21 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US10799513B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2020-10-13 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US9205057B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2015-12-08 | Lipocine Inc. | High-strength testosterone undecanoate compositions |
US10561615B2 (en) | 2010-12-10 | 2020-02-18 | Lipocine Inc. | Testosterone undecanoate compositions |
CN102532610A (en) * | 2011-12-23 | 2012-07-04 | 中山市康乃欣生物医疗科技有限公司 | Pathological embedding agent, preparation method and applications thereof |
US9539214B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2017-01-10 | Pozen Inc. | Compositions and methods for delivery of omeprazole plus acetylsalicylic acid |
US10603283B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2020-03-31 | Genus Lifesciences, Inc. | Compositions and methods for delivery of omeprazole plus acetylsalicylic acid |
US9987231B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2018-06-05 | Pozen Inc. | Compositions and methods for delivery of omeprazole plus acetylsalicylic acid |
EP3088002A4 (en) * | 2014-01-31 | 2017-12-20 | Shionogi & Co., Ltd. | Extended release formulation |
US11298365B2 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2022-04-12 | Lipocine Inc. | Bioavailable solid state (17-β)-hydroxy-4-androsten-3-one esters |
US9498485B2 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2016-11-22 | Lipocine Inc. | Bioavailable solid state (17-β)-hydroxy-4-androsten-3-one esters |
US9757389B2 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2017-09-12 | Lipocine Inc. | Bioavailable solid state (17-β)-hydroxy-4-androsten-3-one esters |
US11707467B2 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2023-07-25 | Lipocine Inc. | (17-ß)-3-oxoandrost-4-en-17YL tridecanoate compositions and methods of their preparation and use |
US11872235B1 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2024-01-16 | Lipocine Inc. | Bioavailable solid state (17-β)-Hydroxy-4-Androsten-3-one esters |
US11559530B2 (en) | 2016-11-28 | 2023-01-24 | Lipocine Inc. | Oral testosterone undecanoate therapy |
US20220233514A1 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-07-28 | Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical Corp. | Pharmaceutical preparation having excellent dissolution properties, containing esomeprazole and sodium bicarbonate |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
ZA200400241B (en) | 2004-10-29 |
PL367272A1 (en) | 2005-02-21 |
AU2002330863B9 (en) | 2003-02-17 |
JP2004521955A (en) | 2004-07-22 |
CA2453117C (en) | 2010-06-29 |
NO20040072L (en) | 2005-03-08 |
CN1551768A (en) | 2004-12-01 |
EP2201952A1 (en) | 2010-06-30 |
MXPA04000223A (en) | 2005-04-19 |
EP1414452A4 (en) | 2005-07-20 |
EA200400154A1 (en) | 2004-06-24 |
US6645988B2 (en) | 2003-11-11 |
WO2003009846A1 (en) | 2003-02-06 |
IL159725A0 (en) | 2004-06-20 |
CA2453117A1 (en) | 2003-02-06 |
AU2002330863B2 (en) | 2007-05-31 |
KR20040047771A (en) | 2004-06-05 |
EP1414452A1 (en) | 2004-05-06 |
US20020045646A1 (en) | 2002-04-18 |
BR0210971A (en) | 2004-08-24 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6645988B2 (en) | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same | |
US6699885B2 (en) | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and methods of using same | |
US6489346B1 (en) | Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same | |
AU2002330863A1 (en) | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same | |
AU2003214858B8 (en) | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same | |
CA2594185C (en) | Solid dosage forms comprising a substituted benzimidazole derivative and a buffer | |
AU2003214858A1 (en) | Novel substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CURATORS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI, MISSOURI Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:PHILLIPS, JEFFREY O.;REEL/FRAME:016459/0608 Effective date: 20010715 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |